SPRUIU1C July   2020  – February 2024 DRA821U , DRA821U-Q1

 

  1.   1
  2.   Read This First
    1.     About This Manual
    2.     Related Documentation From Texas Instruments
    3.     Support Resources
    4.     Glossary
    5.     Export Control Notice
    6.     Trademarks
  3. 1 Introduction
    1. 1.1 Device Overview
    2. 1.2 Device Block Diagram
    3. 1.3 Device Main Domain
      1. 1.3.1  Arm Cortex-A72 Subsystem
      2. 1.3.2  Arm Cortex-R5F Processor
      3. 1.3.3  Navigator Subsystem
      4. 1.3.4  Region-based Address Translation Module
      5. 1.3.5  Multicore Shared Memory Controller
      6. 1.3.6  DDR Subsystem
      7. 1.3.7  General Purpose Input/Output Interface
      8. 1.3.8  Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      9. 1.3.9  Improved Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      10. 1.3.10 Multi-channel Serial Peripheral Interface
      11. 1.3.11 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
      12. 1.3.12 Gigabit Ethernet Switch
      13. 1.3.13 Peripheral Component Interconnect Express Subsystem
      14. 1.3.14 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Subsystem
      15. 1.3.15 SerDes
      16. 1.3.16 General Purpose Memory Controller with Error Location Module
      17. 1.3.17 Multimedia Card/Secure Digital Interface
      18. 1.3.18 Enhanced Capture Module
      19. 1.3.19 Enhanced Pulse-Width Modulation Module
      20. 1.3.20 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse Module
      21. 1.3.21 Controller Area Network
      22. 1.3.22 Audio Tracking Logic
      23. 1.3.23 Multi-channel Audio Serial Port
      24. 1.3.24 Timers
      25. 1.3.25 Internal Diagnostics Modules
    4. 1.4 Device MCU Domain
      1. 1.4.1  MCU Arm Cortex-R5F Processor
      2. 1.4.2  MCU Region-based Address Translation Module
      3. 1.4.3  MCU Navigator Subsystem
      4. 1.4.4  MCU Analog-to-Digital Converter
      5. 1.4.5  MCU Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      6. 1.4.6  MCU Improved Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      7. 1.4.7  MCU Multi-channel Serial Peripheral Interface
      8. 1.4.8  MCU Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
      9. 1.4.9  MCU Gigabit Ethernet Switch
      10. 1.4.10 MCU Octal Serial Peripheral Interface and HyperBus Memory Controller as a Flash Subsystem
      11. 1.4.11 MCU Controller Area Network
      12. 1.4.12 MCU Timers
      13. 1.4.13 MCU Internal Diagnostics Modules
    5. 1.5 Device WKUP Domain
      1. 1.5.1 WKUP Device Management and Security Controller
      2. 1.5.2 WKUP General Purpose Input/Output Interface
      3. 1.5.3 WKUP Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      4. 1.5.4 WKUP Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
      5. 1.5.5 WKUP Internal Diagnostics Modules
    6. 1.6 Device Identification
  4. 2 Memory Map
    1. 2.1 MAIN Domain Memory Map
    2. 2.2 MCU Domain Memory Map
    3. 2.3 WKUP Domain Memory Map
    4. 2.4 Processors View Memory Map
    5. 2.5 Region-based Address Translation
  5. 3 System Interconnect
    1. 3.1 System Interconnect Overview
    2. 3.2 System Interconnect Integration
      1. 3.2.1 Interconnect Integration in WKUP Domain
      2. 3.2.2 Interconnect Integration in MCU Domain
      3. 3.2.3 Interconnect Integration in MAIN Domain
    3. 3.3 System Interconnect Functional Description
      1. 3.3.1 Master-Slave Connections
      2. 3.3.2 Quality of Service (QoS)
      3. 3.3.3 Route ID
      4. 3.3.4 Initiator-Side Security Controls and Firewalls
        1. 3.3.4.1 Initiator-Side Security Controls (ISC)
          1. 3.3.4.1.1 Special System Level Priv-ID
          2. 3.3.4.1.2 Priv ID and ISC Assignment
        2. 3.3.4.2 Firewalls (FW)
          1. 3.3.4.2.1 Peripheral Firewalls (FW)
          2. 3.3.4.2.2 Memory or Region-based Firewalls
            1. 3.3.4.2.2.1 Region Based Firewall Functional Description
          3. 3.3.4.2.3 Channelized Firewalls
            1. 3.3.4.2.3.1 Channelized Firewall Functional Description
      5. 3.3.5 Null Error Reporting
      6. 3.3.6 VBUSM_TIMEOUT_GASKET (MCU_TIMEOUT_64B2)
        1. 3.3.6.1 Overview and Feature List
          1. 3.3.6.1.1 Features Supported
          2. 3.3.6.1.2 Features Not Supported
        2. 3.3.6.2 Functional Description
          1. 3.3.6.2.1 Functional Operation
            1. 3.3.6.2.1.1  Overview
            2. 3.3.6.2.1.2  FIFOs
            3. 3.3.6.2.1.3  ID Allocator
            4. 3.3.6.2.1.4  Timer
            5. 3.3.6.2.1.5  Timeout Queue
            6. 3.3.6.2.1.6  Write Scoreboard
            7. 3.3.6.2.1.7  Read Scoreboard
            8. 3.3.6.2.1.8  Flush Mode
            9. 3.3.6.2.1.9  Flushing
            10. 3.3.6.2.1.10 Timeout Error Reporting
            11. 3.3.6.2.1.11 Command Timeout Error Reporting
            12. 3.3.6.2.1.12 Unexpected Response Reporting
            13. 3.3.6.2.1.13 Latency and Stalls
            14. 3.3.6.2.1.14 Bypass
            15. 3.3.6.2.1.15 Safety
        3. 3.3.6.3 Interrupt Conditions
          1. 3.3.6.3.1 Transaction Error Interrupt
            1. 3.3.6.3.1.1 Transaction Timeout
            2. 3.3.6.3.1.2 Unexpected Response
            3. 3.3.6.3.1.3 Command Timeout
        4. 3.3.6.4 Memory Map
          1. 3.3.6.4.1  Revision Register (Base Address + 0x00)
          2. 3.3.6.4.2  Configuration Register (Base Address + 0x04)
          3. 3.3.6.4.3  Info Register (Base Address + 0x08)
          4. 3.3.6.4.4  Enable Register (Base Address + 0x0C)
          5. 3.3.6.4.5  Flush Register (Base Address + 0x10)
          6. 3.3.6.4.6  Timeout Value Register (Base Address + 0x14)
          7. 3.3.6.4.7  Timer Register (Base Address + 0x18)
          8. 3.3.6.4.8  Error Interrupt Raw Status/Set Register (Base Address + 0x20)
          9. 3.3.6.4.9  Error Interrupt Enabled Status/Clear Register (Base Address + 0x24)
          10. 3.3.6.4.10 Error Interrupt Mask Set Register (Base Address + 0x28)
          11. 3.3.6.4.11 Error Interrupt Mask Clear Register (Base Address + 0x2C)
          12. 3.3.6.4.12 Timeout Error Info Register (Base Address + 0x30)
          13. 3.3.6.4.13 Unexpected Response Info Register (Base Address + 0x34)
          14. 3.3.6.4.14 Error Transaction Valid/Dir/RouteID Register (Base Address + 0x38)
          15. 3.3.6.4.15 Error Transaction Tag/CommandID Register (Base Address + 0x3C)
          16. 3.3.6.4.16 Error Transaction Bytecnt Register (Base Address + 0x40)
          17. 3.3.6.4.17 Error Transaction Upper Address Register (Base Address + 0x44)
          18. 3.3.6.4.18 Error Transaction Lower Address Register (Base Address + 0x48)
        5. 3.3.6.5 Integration Overview
          1. 3.3.6.5.1 Parameterization Requirements
        6. 3.3.6.6 I/O Description
          1. 3.3.6.6.1 Clockstop Idle
          2. 3.3.6.6.2 Flush
          3. 3.3.6.6.3 Module I/O
        7. 3.3.6.7 User’s Guide
          1. 3.3.6.7.1 Programmer’s Guide
            1. 3.3.6.7.1.1 Initialization
            2. 3.3.6.7.1.2 Software Flush
      7. 3.3.7 Timeout Gasket (TOG)
    4. 3.4 System Interconnect Registers
      1. 3.4.1 QoS Registers
      2. 3.4.2 Firewall Exception Registers
      3. 3.4.3 Firewall Region Registers
      4. 3.4.4 Null Error Reporting Registers
  6. 4 Initialization
    1. 4.1 Initialization Overview
      1. 4.1.1 ROM Code Overview
      2. 4.1.2 Bootloader Modes
      3. 4.1.3 Terminology
    2. 4.2 Boot Process
      1. 4.2.1 MCU ROM Code Architecture
        1. 4.2.1.1 Main Module
        2. 4.2.1.2 X509 Module
        3. 4.2.1.3 Buffer Manager Module
        4. 4.2.1.4 Log and Trace Module
        5. 4.2.1.5 System Module
        6. 4.2.1.6 Protocol Module
        7. 4.2.1.7 Driver Module
      2. 4.2.2 DMSC ROM Description
      3. 4.2.3 Boot Process Flow
      4. 4.2.4 MCU Only vs Normal Boot
    3. 4.3 Boot Mode Pins
      1. 4.3.1  MCU_BOOTMODE Pin Mapping
      2. 4.3.2  BOOTMODE Pin Mapping
        1. 4.3.2.1 Primary Boot Mode Selection
        2. 4.3.2.2 Backup Boot Mode Selection When MCU Only = 0
        3. 4.3.2.3 Primary Boot Mode Configuration
        4. 4.3.2.4 Backup Boot Mode Configuration
      3. 4.3.3  No-boot/Dev-boot Configuration
      4. 4.3.4  Hyperflash Boot Device Configuration
      5. 4.3.5  OSPI Boot Device Configuration
      6. 4.3.6  QSPI Boot Device Configuration
      7. 4.3.7  SPI Boot Device Configuration
      8. 4.3.8  xSPI Boot Device Configuration
      9. 4.3.9  I2C Boot Device Configuration
      10. 4.3.10 MMC/SD Card Boot Device Configuration
      11. 4.3.11 eMMC Boot Device Configuration
      12. 4.3.12 Ethernet Boot Device Configuration
      13. 4.3.13 USB Boot Device Configuration
      14. 4.3.14 PCIe Boot Device Configuration
      15. 4.3.15 UART Boot Device Configuration
      16. 4.3.16 PLL Configuration
        1. 4.3.16.1 MCU_PLL0, MCU_PLL2, Main PLL0, and Main PLL3
        2. 4.3.16.2 MCU_PLL1
        3. 4.3.16.3 Main PLL1
        4. 4.3.16.4 Main PLL2
        5. 4.3.16.5 HSDIV Values
        6. 4.3.16.6 190
    4. 4.4 Boot Parameter Tables
      1. 4.4.1  Common Header
      2. 4.4.2  PLL Setup
      3. 4.4.3  PCIe Boot Parameter Table
      4. 4.4.4  I2C Boot Parameter Table
      5. 4.4.5  OSPI/QSPI/SPI Boot Parameter Table
      6. 4.4.6  Ethernet Boot Parameter Table
      7. 4.4.7  USB Boot Parameter Table
      8. 4.4.8  MMCSD Boot Parameter Table
      9. 4.4.9  UART Boot Parameter Table
      10. 4.4.10 Hyperflash Boot Parameter Table
    5. 4.5 Boot Image Format
      1. 4.5.1 Overall Structure
      2. 4.5.2 X.509 Certificate
      3. 4.5.3 Organizational Identifier (OID)
      4. 4.5.4 X.509 Extensions Specific to Boot
        1. 4.5.4.1 Boot Info (OID 1.3.6.1.4.1.294.1.1)
        2. 4.5.4.2 Image Integrity (OID 1.3.6.1.4.1.294.1.2)
      5. 4.5.5 Extended Boot Info Extension
        1. 4.5.5.1 Impact on HS Device
        2. 4.5.5.2 Extended Boot Info Details
        3. 4.5.5.3 Certificate / Component Types
        4. 4.5.5.4 Extended Boot Encryption Info
        5. 4.5.5.5 Component Ordering
        6. 4.5.5.6 Memory Load Sections Overlap with Executable Components
        7. 4.5.5.7 Device Type and Extended Boot Extension
      6. 4.5.6 Generating X.509 Certificates
        1. 4.5.6.1 Key Generation
          1. 4.5.6.1.1 Degenerate RSA Keys
        2. 4.5.6.2 Configuration Script
      7. 4.5.7 Image Data
    6. 4.6 Boot Modes
      1. 4.6.1 I2C Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.1.1 I2C Initialization Process
          1. 4.6.1.1.1 Block Size
          2. 4.6.1.1.2 226
        2. 4.6.1.2 I2C Loading Process
          1. 4.6.1.2.1 Loading a Boot Image From EEPROM
      2. 4.6.2 SPI Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.2.1 SPI Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.2.2 SPI Loading Process
      3. 4.6.3 QSPI Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.3.1 QSPI Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.3.2 QSPI Loading Process
      4. 4.6.4 OSPI Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.4.1 OSPI Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.4.2 OSPI Loading Process
      5. 4.6.5 PCIe Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.5.1 PCIe Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.5.2 PCIe Loading Process
      6. 4.6.6 Ethernet Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.6.1 Ethernet Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.6.2 Ethernet Loading Process
          1. 4.6.6.2.1 Ethernet Boot Data Formats
            1. 4.6.6.2.1.1 Limitations
            2. 4.6.6.2.1.2 BOOTP Request
              1. 4.6.6.2.1.2.1 MAC Header (DIX)
              2. 4.6.6.2.1.2.2 IPv4 Header
              3. 4.6.6.2.1.2.3 UDP Header
              4. 4.6.6.2.1.2.4 BOOTP Payload
              5. 4.6.6.2.1.2.5 TFTP
        3. 4.6.6.3 Ethernet Hand Over Process
      7. 4.6.7 USB Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.7.1 USB-Specific Attributes
          1. 4.6.7.1.1 DFU Device Mode
      8. 4.6.8 MMCSD Bootloader Operation
      9. 4.6.9 UART Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.9.1 Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.9.2 UART Loading Process
          1. 4.6.9.2.1 UART XMODEM
        3. 4.6.9.3 UART Hand-Over Process
    7. 4.7 Boot Memory Maps
      1. 4.7.1 Memory Layout/MPU
      2. 4.7.2 Global Memory Addresses Used by ROM Code
      3. 4.7.3 Memory Reserved by ROM Code
  7. 5 Device Configuration
    1. 5.1 Control Module (CTRL_MMR)
      1. 5.1.1 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0
        1. 5.1.1.1 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Overview
        2. 5.1.1.2 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Integration
        3. 5.1.1.3 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Functional Description
          1. 5.1.1.3.1 Description for WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Register Types
            1. 5.1.1.3.1.1  Pad Configuration Registers
            2. 5.1.1.3.1.2  Kick Protection Registers
            3. 5.1.1.3.1.3  WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Module Interrupts
            4. 5.1.1.3.1.4  Clock Selection Registers
            5. 5.1.1.3.1.5  Device Feature Registers
            6. 5.1.1.3.1.6  POK Module Registers
            7. 5.1.1.3.1.7  Power and Reset Related Registers
            8. 5.1.1.3.1.8  PRG Related Registers
            9. 5.1.1.3.1.9  Voltage Glitch Detect Control and Status Registers
            10. 5.1.1.3.1.10 I/O Debounce Control Registers
        4. 5.1.1.4 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Registers
      2. 5.1.2 MCU_CTRL_MMR0
        1. 5.1.2.1 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Overview
        2. 5.1.2.2 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Integration
        3. 5.1.2.3 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Functional Description
          1. 5.1.2.3.1 Description for MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Register Types
            1. 5.1.2.3.1.1 Kick Protection Registers
            2. 5.1.2.3.1.2 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Module Interrupts
            3. 5.1.2.3.1.3 Inter-processor Communication Registers
            4. 5.1.2.3.1.4 Timer I/O Muxing Control Registers
            5. 5.1.2.3.1.5 Clock Muxing and Division Registers
            6. 5.1.2.3.1.6 MCU_CPSW0 MAC Address Registers
        4. 5.1.2.4 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Registers
        5. 5.1.2.5 MCU_SEC_MMR0_DBG_CTRL Registers
        6. 5.1.2.6 MCU_SEC_MMR0_BOOT_CTRL Registers
      3. 5.1.3 CTRL_MMR0
        1. 5.1.3.1 CTRL_MMR0 Overview
        2. 5.1.3.2 CTRL_MMR0 Integration
        3. 5.1.3.3 CTRL_MMR0 Functional Description
          1. 5.1.3.3.1 Description for CTRL_MMR0 Register Types
            1. 5.1.3.3.1.1  Pad Configuration Registers
            2. 5.1.3.3.1.2  Kick Protection Registers
            3. 5.1.3.3.1.3  CTRL_MMR0 Module Interrupts
            4. 5.1.3.3.1.4  Inter-processor Communication Registers
            5. 5.1.3.3.1.5  Timer I/O Muxing Control Registers
            6. 5.1.3.3.1.6  EHRPWM/EQEP Control and Status Registers
            7. 5.1.3.3.1.7  Clock Muxing and Division Registers
            8. 5.1.3.3.1.8  Ethernet Port Operation Control Registers
            9. 5.1.3.3.1.9  SERDES Lane Function Control Registers
            10. 5.1.3.3.1.10 DDRSS Dynamic Frequency Change Registers
        4. 5.1.3.4 CTRL_MMR0 Registers
        5. 5.1.3.5 SEC_MMR0_DBG_CTRL Registers
        6. 5.1.3.6 SEC_MMR0_BOOT_CTRL Registers
    2. 5.2 Power
      1. 5.2.1 Power Management Overview
      2. 5.2.2 Power Management Subsystems
        1. 5.2.2.1 Power Subsystems Overview
          1. 5.2.2.1.1 POK Overview
          2. 5.2.2.1.2 PRG / PRG_PP Overview
          3. 5.2.2.1.3 POR Overview
          4. 5.2.2.1.4 POK / PRG(_PP) /POR Overview
          5. 5.2.2.1.5 Timing
          6. 5.2.2.1.6 Restrictions
        2. 5.2.2.2 Power System Modules
          1. 5.2.2.2.1 Power OK (POK) Modules
            1. 5.2.2.2.1.1 POK Programming Model
              1. 5.2.2.2.1.1.1 POK Threshold Setting Programming Sequence
          2. 5.2.2.2.2 Power on Reset (POR) Module
            1. 5.2.2.2.2.1 POR Overview
            2. 5.2.2.2.2.2 POR Integration
            3. 5.2.2.2.2.3 POR Programming Model
          3. 5.2.2.2.3 PoR/Reset Generator (PRG_PP) Modules
            1. 5.2.2.2.3.1 PRG_PP Overview
            2. 5.2.2.2.3.2 PRG_PP Integration
            3. 5.2.2.2.3.3 PRG_PP Programming Model
          4. 5.2.2.2.4 Power Glitch Detect (PGD) Modules
          5. 5.2.2.2.5 Voltage and Thermal Manager (VTM)
            1. 5.2.2.2.5.1 VTM Overview
              1. 5.2.2.2.5.1.1 VTM Features
              2. 5.2.2.2.5.1.2 VTM Not Supported Features
            2. 5.2.2.2.5.2 VTM Integration
            3. 5.2.2.2.5.3 VTM Functional Description
              1. 5.2.2.2.5.3.1 VTM Temperature Status and Thermal Management
                1. 5.2.2.2.5.3.1.1 10-bit Temperature Values Versus Temperature
              2. 5.2.2.2.5.3.2 VTM Temperature Driven Alerts and Interrupts
              3. 5.2.2.2.5.3.3 VTM VID Voltage Domains
              4. 5.2.2.2.5.3.4 VTM Clocking
              5. 5.2.2.2.5.3.5 VTM Retention Interface
              6. 5.2.2.2.5.3.6 VTM ECC Aggregator
              7. 5.2.2.2.5.3.7 VTM Programming Model
                1. 5.2.2.2.5.3.7.1 VTM Maximum Temperature Outrange Alert
                2. 5.2.2.2.5.3.7.2 Temperature Monitor during Low Power Modes
                3. 5.2.2.2.5.3.7.3 Sensors Programming Sequences
              8. 5.2.2.2.5.3.8 AVS-Class0
          6. 5.2.2.2.6 Distributed Power Clock and Reset Controller (DPCR)
        3. 5.2.2.3 Power Control Modules
          1. 5.2.2.3.1 Power Sleep Controller and Local Power Sleep Controllers
            1. 5.2.2.3.1.1 PSC Terminology
            2. 5.2.2.3.1.2 PSC Features
            3. 5.2.2.3.1.3 PSC: Device Power-Management Layout
              1. 5.2.2.3.1.3.1 WKUP_PSC0 Device-Specific Information
              2. 5.2.2.3.1.3.2 PSC0 Device-Specific Information
              3. 5.2.2.3.1.3.3 LPSC Dependences Overview
            4. 5.2.2.3.1.4 PSC: Power Domain and Module States
              1. 5.2.2.3.1.4.1 Power Domain States
              2. 5.2.2.3.1.4.2 Module States
              3. 5.2.2.3.1.4.3 Local Reset
            5. 5.2.2.3.1.5 PSC: Executing State Transitions
              1. 5.2.2.3.1.5.1 Power Domain State Transitions
              2. 5.2.2.3.1.5.2 Module State Transitions
              3. 5.2.2.3.1.5.3 Concurrent Power Domain/Module State Transitions
              4. 5.2.2.3.1.5.4 Recommendations for Power Domain/Module Sequencing
            6. 5.2.2.3.1.6 PSC: Emulation Support in the PSC
            7. 5.2.2.3.1.7 PSC: A72SS, MSMC, MCU Cortex-R5F, C71SS0, and C66SS Subsystem Power-Up and Power-Down Sequences
              1. 5.2.2.3.1.7.1 ARMi_COREn Power State Transition
              2. 5.2.2.3.1.7.2 A72SS Power State Transition
              3. 5.2.2.3.1.7.3 GIC0 Sequencing to Support A72SS Power Management
              4. 5.2.2.3.1.7.4 MSMC0 Clkstop/Powerdown/Disconnect Sequencing
              5. 5.2.2.3.1.7.5 MCU Cortex-R5F Power Modes
          2. 5.2.2.3.2 Integrated Power Management (DMSC)
            1. 5.2.2.3.2.1 DMSC Power Management Overview
              1. 5.2.2.3.2.1.1 DMSC Power Management Features
      3. 5.2.3 Device Power States
        1. 5.2.3.1 Overview of Device Low-Power Modes
        2. 5.2.3.2 Voltage Domains
        3. 5.2.3.3 Power Domains
        4. 5.2.3.4 Clock Sources States
        5. 5.2.3.5 Wake-up Sources
        6. 5.2.3.6 Device Power States and Transitions
          1. 5.2.3.6.1 LPM Entry Sequences
          2. 5.2.3.6.2 LPM Exit Sequences
          3. 5.2.3.6.3 IO Retention
          4. 5.2.3.6.4 DDRSS Self-Refresh
      4. 5.2.4 Dynamic Power Management
        1. 5.2.4.1 AVS Support
        2. 5.2.4.2 Dynamic Frequency Scaling (DFS) Operations
      5. 5.2.5 Thermal Management
      6. 5.2.6 Registers
        1. 5.2.6.1 WKUP_VTM0 Registers
        2. 5.2.6.2 PSC Registers
    3. 5.3 Reset
      1. 5.3.1 Reset Overview
      2. 5.3.2 Reset Sources
      3. 5.3.3 Reset Status
      4. 5.3.4 Reset Control
      5. 5.3.5 BOOTMODE Pins
      6. 5.3.6 Reset Sequences
        1. 5.3.6.1 MCU_PORz Overview
        2. 5.3.6.2 MCU_PORz Sequence
        3. 5.3.6.3 MCU_RESETz Sequence
        4. 5.3.6.4 PORz Sequence
        5. 5.3.6.5 RESET_REQz Sequence
      7. 5.3.7 PLL Behavior on Reset
    4. 5.4 Clocking
      1. 5.4.1 Overview
      2. 5.4.2 Clock Inputs
        1. 5.4.2.1 Overview
        2. 5.4.2.2 Mapping of Clock Inputs
      3. 5.4.3 Clock Outputs
        1. 5.4.3.1 Observation Clock Pins
          1. 5.4.3.1.1 MCU_OBSCLK0 Pin
          2. 5.4.3.1.2 424
          3. 5.4.3.1.3 OBSCLK0, OBSCLK1, and OBSCLK2 Pins
        2. 5.4.3.2 System Clock Pins
          1. 5.4.3.2.1 MCU_SYSCLKOUT0
          2. 5.4.3.2.2 SYSCLKOUT0
      4. 5.4.4 Device Oscillators
        1. 5.4.4.1 Device Oscillators Integration
          1. 5.4.4.1.1 Oscillators with External Crystal
          2. 5.4.4.1.2 Internal RC Oscillator
        2. 5.4.4.2 Oscillator Clock Loss Detection
      5. 5.4.5 PLLs
        1. 5.4.5.1 WKUP and MCU Domains PLL Overview
        2. 5.4.5.2 MAIN Domain PLLs Overview
        3. 5.4.5.3 PLL Reference Clocks
          1. 5.4.5.3.1 PLLs in MCU Domain
          2. 5.4.5.3.2 PLLs in MAIN Domain
        4. 5.4.5.4 Generic PLL Overview
          1. 5.4.5.4.1 PLLs Output Clocks Parameters
            1. 5.4.5.4.1.1 PLLs Input Clocks
            2. 5.4.5.4.1.2 PLL Output Clocks
              1. 5.4.5.4.1.2.1 PLLTS16FFCLAFRAC2 Type Output Clocks
              2. 5.4.5.4.1.2.2 PLLTS16FFCLAFRACF Type Output Clocks
              3. 5.4.5.4.1.2.3 PLL Lock
              4. 5.4.5.4.1.2.4 HSDIVIDER
              5. 5.4.5.4.1.2.5 ICG Module
              6. 5.4.5.4.1.2.6 PLL Power Down
              7. 5.4.5.4.1.2.7 PLL Calibration
          2. 5.4.5.4.2 PLL Spread Spectrum Modulation Module
            1. 5.4.5.4.2.1 Definition of SSMOD
            2. 5.4.5.4.2.2 SSMOD Configuration
        5. 5.4.5.5 PLLs Device-Specific Information
          1. 5.4.5.5.1 SSMOD Related Bitfields Table
          2. 5.4.5.5.2 Clock Synthesis Inputs to the PLLs
          3. 5.4.5.5.3 Clock Output Parameter
          4. 5.4.5.5.4 Calibration Related Bitfields
        6. 5.4.5.6 PLL and PLL Controller Connection
        7. 5.4.5.7 PLL, PLLCTRL, and HSDIV Controllers Programming Guide
          1. 5.4.5.7.1 PLL Initialization
            1. 5.4.5.7.1.1 Kick Protection Mechanism
            2. 5.4.5.7.1.2 PLL Initialization to PLL Mode
            3. 5.4.5.7.1.3 PLL Programming Requirements
          2. 5.4.5.7.2 HSDIV PLL Programming
          3. 5.4.5.7.3 PLL Controllers Programming - Dividers PLLDIVn and GO Operation
            1. 5.4.5.7.3.1 GO Operation
            2. 5.4.5.7.3.2 Software Steps to Modify PLLDIV Ratios
          4. 5.4.5.7.4 Entire Sequence for Programming PLLCTRL, HSDIV, and PLL
      6. 5.4.6 Registers
        1. 5.4.6.1 MCU_PLL0_CFG Registers
        2. 5.4.6.2 PLL0_CFG Registers
        3. 5.4.6.3 PLLCTRL0 Registers
  8. 6 Processors and Accelerators
    1. 6.1 Compute Cluster
      1. 6.1.1 Compute Cluster Overview
      2. 6.1.2 Compute Cluster Functional Description
        1. 6.1.2.1 Compute Cluster Memory Regions
        2. 6.1.2.2 Compute Cluster Firewalls
        3. 6.1.2.3 Compute Cluster ECC Aggregators
      3. 6.1.3 Compute Cluster Registers
    2. 6.2 Dual-A72 MPU Subsystem
      1. 6.2.1 A72SS Overview
        1. 6.2.1.1 A72SS Introduction
        2. 6.2.1.2 A72SS Features
      2. 6.2.2 A72SS Integration
      3. 6.2.3 A72SS Functional Description
        1. 6.2.3.1  A72SS Block Diagram
        2. 6.2.3.2  A72SS A72 Cluster
        3. 6.2.3.3  A72SS Interfaces and Async Bridges
        4. 6.2.3.4  A72SS Interrupts
          1. 6.2.3.4.1 A72SS Interrupt Inputs
          2. 6.2.3.4.2 A72SS Interrupt Outputs
        5. 6.2.3.5  A72SS Power Management, Clocking and Reset
          1. 6.2.3.5.1 A72SS Power Management
          2. 6.2.3.5.2 A72SS Clocking
        6. 6.2.3.6  A72SS Debug Support
        7. 6.2.3.7  A72SS Timestamps
        8. 6.2.3.8  A72SS Watchdog
        9. 6.2.3.9  A72SS Internal Diagnostics
          1. 6.2.3.9.1 A72SS ECC Aggregators During Low Power States
          2. 6.2.3.9.2 A72SS CBASS Diagnostics
          3. 6.2.3.9.3 A72SS SRAM Diagnostics
          4. 6.2.3.9.4 A72SS SRAM ECC Aggregator Configurations
        10. 6.2.3.10 A72SS Cache Pre-Warming
        11. 6.2.3.11 A72SS Boot
        12. 6.2.3.12 A72SS IPC with Other CPUs
      4. 6.2.4 A72SS Registers
        1. 6.2.4.1 Arm A72 Cluster Registers
        2. 6.2.4.2 A72SS ECC Aggregator Registers
          1. 6.2.4.2.1 A72SS CLUSTER ECC Registers
          2. 6.2.4.2.2 A72SS CORE0 ECC Registers
          3. 6.2.4.2.3 A72SS CORE1 ECC Registers
    3. 6.3 Dual-R5F MCU Subsystem
      1. 6.3.1 R5FSS Overview
        1. 6.3.1.1 R5FSS Features
        2. 6.3.1.2 R5FSS Not Supported Features
      2. 6.3.2 R5FSS Integration
        1. 6.3.2.1 R5FSS Integration in MCU Domain
        2. 6.3.2.2 R5FSS Integration in MAIN Domain
      3. 6.3.3 R5FSS Functional Description
        1. 6.3.3.1  R5FSS Block Diagram
        2. 6.3.3.2  R5FSS Cortex-R5F Core
          1. 6.3.3.2.1 L1 Caches
          2. 6.3.3.2.2 Tightly-Coupled Memories (TCMs)
          3. 6.3.3.2.3 R5FSS Special Signals
        3. 6.3.3.3  R5FSS Interfaces
          1. 6.3.3.3.1 R5FSS Master Interfaces
          2. 6.3.3.3.2 R5FSS Slave Interfaces
        4. 6.3.3.4  R5FSS Power, Clocking and Reset
          1. 6.3.3.4.1 R5FSS Power
          2. 6.3.3.4.2 R5FSS Clocking
            1. 6.3.3.4.2.1 Changing MCU_R5FSS0 CPU Clock Frequency
          3. 6.3.3.4.3 R5FSS Reset
        5. 6.3.3.5  R5FSS Lockstep Error Detection Logic
          1. 6.3.3.5.1 CPU Output Compare Block
            1. 6.3.3.5.1.1 Operating Modes
            2. 6.3.3.5.1.2 Compare Block Active Mode
            3. 6.3.3.5.1.3 Self Test Mode
            4. 6.3.3.5.1.4 Compare Match Test
            5. 6.3.3.5.1.5 Compare Mismatch Test
            6. 6.3.3.5.1.6 Error Forcing Mode
            7. 6.3.3.5.1.7 Self Test Error Forcing Mode
          2. 6.3.3.5.2 Inactivity Monitor Block
            1. 6.3.3.5.2.1 Operating Modes
            2. 6.3.3.5.2.2 Compare Block Active Mode
            3. 6.3.3.5.2.3 Self Test Mode
            4. 6.3.3.5.2.4 Compare Match Test
            5. 6.3.3.5.2.5 Compare Mismatch Test
            6. 6.3.3.5.2.6 Error Forcing Mode
            7. 6.3.3.5.2.7 Self Test Error Forcing Mode
          3. 6.3.3.5.3 Polarity Inversion Logic
        6. 6.3.3.6  R5FSS Vectored Interrupt Manager (VIM)
          1. 6.3.3.6.1 VIM Overview
          2. 6.3.3.6.2 VIM Interrupt Inputs
          3. 6.3.3.6.3 VIM Interrupt Outputs
          4. 6.3.3.6.4 VIM Interrupt Vector Table (VIM RAM)
          5. 6.3.3.6.5 VIM Interrupt Prioritization
          6. 6.3.3.6.6 VIM ECC Support
          7. 6.3.3.6.7 VIM Lockstep Mode
          8. 6.3.3.6.8 VIM IDLE State
          9. 6.3.3.6.9 VIM Interrupt Handling
            1. 6.3.3.6.9.1 Servicing IRQ Through Vector Interface
            2. 6.3.3.6.9.2 Servicing IRQ Through MMR Interface
            3. 6.3.3.6.9.3 Servicing IRQ Through MMR Interface (Alternative)
            4. 6.3.3.6.9.4 Servicing FIQ
            5. 6.3.3.6.9.5 Servicing FIQ (Alternative)
        7. 6.3.3.7  R5FSS Region Address Translation (RAT)
          1. 6.3.3.7.1 RAT Overview
          2. 6.3.3.7.2 RAT Operation
          3. 6.3.3.7.3 RAT Error Logging
          4. 6.3.3.7.4 RAT Protection
        8. 6.3.3.8  R5FSS ECC Support
        9. 6.3.3.9  R5FSS Memory View
        10. 6.3.3.10 R5FSS Debug and Trace
        11. 6.3.3.11 R5FSS Boot Options
        12. 6.3.3.12 R5FSS Core Memory ECC Events
      4. 6.3.4 R5FSS Registers
        1. 6.3.4.1 R5FSS_CCMR5 Registers
        2. 6.3.4.2 R5FSS_CPU0_ECC_AGGR_CFG_REGS Registers
        3. 6.3.4.3 R5FSS_CPU1_ECC_AGGR_CFG_REGS Registers
        4. 6.3.4.4 R5FSS_VIM Registers
        5. 6.3.4.5 R5FSS_RAT Registers
        6. 6.3.4.6 R5FSS_EVNT_BUS_VBUSP_MMRS Registers
  9. 7 Interprocessor Communication
    1. 7.1 Mailbox
      1. 7.1.1 Mailbox Overview
        1. 7.1.1.1 Mailbox Features
        2. 7.1.1.2 Mailbox Parameters
        3. 7.1.1.3 Mailbox Not Supported Features
      2. 7.1.2 Mailbox Integration
        1. 7.1.2.1 System Mailbox Integration
      3. 7.1.3 Mailbox Functional Description
        1. 7.1.3.1 Mailbox Block Diagram
        2. 7.1.3.2 Mailbox Software Reset
        3. 7.1.3.3 Mailbox Power Management
        4. 7.1.3.4 Mailbox Interrupt Requests
        5. 7.1.3.5 Mailbox Assignment
          1. 7.1.3.5.1 Description
        6. 7.1.3.6 Sending and Receiving Messages
          1. 7.1.3.6.1 Description
        7. 7.1.3.7 Example of Communication
      4. 7.1.4 Mailbox Programming Guide
        1. 7.1.4.1 Mailbox Low-level Programming Models
          1. 7.1.4.1.1 Global Initialization
            1. 7.1.4.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
            2. 7.1.4.1.1.2 Mailbox Global Initialization
              1. 7.1.4.1.1.2.1 Main Sequence - Mailbox Global Initialization
          2. 7.1.4.1.2 Mailbox Operational Modes Configuration
            1. 7.1.4.1.2.1 Mailbox Processing modes
              1. 7.1.4.1.2.1.1 Main Sequence - Sending a Message (Polling Method)
              2. 7.1.4.1.2.1.2 Main Sequence - Sending a Message (Interrupt Method)
              3. 7.1.4.1.2.1.3 Main Sequence - Receiving a Message (Polling Method)
              4. 7.1.4.1.2.1.4 Main Sequence - Receiving a Message (Interrupt Method)
          3. 7.1.4.1.3 Mailbox Events Servicing
            1. 7.1.4.1.3.1 Events Servicing in Sending Mode
            2. 7.1.4.1.3.2 Events Servicing in Receiving Mode
    2. 7.2 Spinlock
      1. 7.2.1 Spinlock Overview
        1. 7.2.1.1 Spinlock Not Supported Features
      2. 7.2.2 Spinlock Integration
      3. 7.2.3 Spinlock Functional Description
        1. 7.2.3.1 Spinlock Software Reset
        2. 7.2.3.2 Spinlock Power Management
        3. 7.2.3.3 About Spinlocks
        4. 7.2.3.4 Spinlock Functional Operation
      4. 7.2.4 Spinlock Programming Guide
        1. 7.2.4.1 Spinlock Low-level Programming Models
          1. 7.2.4.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 7.2.4.1.2 Basic Spinlock Operations
            1. 7.2.4.1.2.1 Spinlocks Clearing After a System Bug Recovery
            2. 7.2.4.1.2.2 Take and Release Spinlock
  10. 8 Memory Controllers
    1. 8.1 Multicore Shared Memory Controller (MSMC)
      1. 8.1.1 MSMC Overview
        1. 8.1.1.1 MSMC Not Supported Features
      2. 8.1.2 MSMC Integration
        1. 8.1.2.1 MSMC Integration in MAIN Domain
        2. 8.1.2.2 639
      3. 8.1.3 MSMC Functional Description
        1. 8.1.3.1  MSMC Block Diagram
        2. 8.1.3.2  MSMC On-Chip Memory Banking
        3. 8.1.3.3  MSMC Snoop Filter and Data Cache
          1. 8.1.3.3.1 Way Partitioning
          2. 8.1.3.3.2 Cache Size Configuration and Associativity
        4. 8.1.3.4  MSMC Access Protection Checks
        5. 8.1.3.5  MSMC Null Slave
        6. 8.1.3.6  MSMC Resource Arbitration
        7. 8.1.3.7  MSMC Error Detection and Correction
          1. 8.1.3.7.1 On-chip SRAM and Pipeline Data Protection
          2. 8.1.3.7.2 On-chip SRAM L3 Cache Tag and Snoop Filter Protection
          3. 8.1.3.7.3 On-chip SRAM Memory Mapped SRAM Snoop Filter Protection
          4. 8.1.3.7.4 Background Parity Refresh (Scrubbing)
        8. 8.1.3.8  MSMC Interrupts
          1. 8.1.3.8.1 Raw Interrupt Registers
          2. 8.1.3.8.2 Interrupt Enable Registers
          3. 8.1.3.8.3 Triggered and Enabled Interrupts
        9. 8.1.3.9  MSMC Memory Regions
        10. 8.1.3.10 MSMC Hardware Coherence
          1. 8.1.3.10.1 Snoop Filter Broadcast Mode
        11. 8.1.3.11 MSMC Quality-of-Service
        12. 8.1.3.12 MSMC Memory Regions Protection
        13. 8.1.3.13 MSMC Cache Tag View
      4. 8.1.4 MSMC Registers
    2. 8.2 DDR Subsystem (DDRSS)
      1. 8.2.1 DDRSS Overview
        1. 8.2.1.1 DDRSS Not Supported Features
      2. 8.2.2 DDRSS Environment
      3. 8.2.3 DDRSS Integration
        1. 8.2.3.1 DDRSS Integration in MAIN Domain
      4. 8.2.4 DDRSS Functional Description
        1. 8.2.4.1 DDRSS MSMC2DDR Bridge
          1. 8.2.4.1.1 VBUSM.C Threads
          2. 8.2.4.1.2 Class of Service (CoS)
          3. 8.2.4.1.3 AXI Write Data All-Strobes
          4. 8.2.4.1.4 Inline ECC for SDRAM Data
            1. 8.2.4.1.4.1 ECC Cache
            2. 8.2.4.1.4.2 ECC Statistics
          5. 8.2.4.1.5 Opcode Checking
          6. 8.2.4.1.6 Address Alias Prevention
          7. 8.2.4.1.7 Data Error Detection and Correction
          8. 8.2.4.1.8 AXI Bus Timeout
        2. 8.2.4.2 DDRSS Interrupts
        3. 8.2.4.3 DDRSS Memory Regions
        4. 8.2.4.4 DDRSS ECC Support
        5. 8.2.4.5 DDRSS Dynamic Frequency Change Interface
        6. 8.2.4.6 DDR Controller Functional Description
          1. 8.2.4.6.1  DDR PHY Interface (DFI)
          2. 8.2.4.6.2  Command Queue
            1. 8.2.4.6.2.1 Placement Logic
            2. 8.2.4.6.2.2 Command Selection Logic
          3. 8.2.4.6.3  Low Power Control
          4. 8.2.4.6.4  Transaction Processing
          5. 8.2.4.6.5  BIST Engine
          6. 8.2.4.6.6  ECC Engine
          7. 8.2.4.6.7  Address Mapping
          8. 8.2.4.6.8  Paging Policy
          9. 8.2.4.6.9  DDR Controller Initialization
          10. 8.2.4.6.10 Programming LPDDR4 Memories
            1. 8.2.4.6.10.1 Frequency Set Point (FSP)
              1. 8.2.4.6.10.1.1 FSP Mode Register Programming During Initialization
              2. 8.2.4.6.10.1.2 FSP Mode Register Programming During Normal Operation
              3. 8.2.4.6.10.1.3 FSP Mode Register Programming During Dynamic Frequency Scaling
            2. 8.2.4.6.10.2 Data Bus Inversion (DBI)
            3. 8.2.4.6.10.3 On-Die Termination
              1. 8.2.4.6.10.3.1 LPDDR4 DQ ODT
              2. 8.2.4.6.10.3.2 LPDDR4 CA ODT
            4. 8.2.4.6.10.4 Byte Lane Swapping
            5. 8.2.4.6.10.5 DQS Interval Oscillator
              1. 8.2.4.6.10.5.1 Oscillator State Machine
            6. 8.2.4.6.10.6 Per-Bank Refresh (PBR)
              1. 8.2.4.6.10.6.1 Normal Operation
              2. 8.2.4.6.10.6.2 Continuous Refresh Request Mode
        7. 8.2.4.7 DDR PHY Functional Description
          1. 8.2.4.7.1  Data Slice
          2. 8.2.4.7.2  Address Slice
            1. 8.2.4.7.2.1 Address Swapping
          3. 8.2.4.7.3  Address/Control Slice
          4. 8.2.4.7.4  Clock Slice
          5. 8.2.4.7.5  DDR PHY Initialization
          6. 8.2.4.7.6  DDR PHY Dynamic Frequency Scaling (DFS)
          7. 8.2.4.7.7  Chip Select and Frequency Based Register Settings
          8. 8.2.4.7.8  Low-Power Modes
          9. 8.2.4.7.9  Training Support
            1. 8.2.4.7.9.1 Write Leveling
            2. 8.2.4.7.9.2 Read Gate Training
            3. 8.2.4.7.9.3 Read Data Eye Training
            4. 8.2.4.7.9.4 Write DQ Training
            5. 8.2.4.7.9.5 CA Training
            6. 8.2.4.7.9.6 CS Training
          10. 8.2.4.7.10 Data Bus Inversion (DBI)
          11. 8.2.4.7.11 I/O Pad Calibration
          12. 8.2.4.7.12 DQS Error
        8. 8.2.4.8 PI Functional Description
          1. 8.2.4.8.1 PI Initialization
      5. 8.2.5 DDRSS Registers
        1. 8.2.5.1 DDR Subsystem Registers
        2. 8.2.5.2 DDR Controller Registers
        3. 8.2.5.3 PI Registers
        4. 8.2.5.4 DDR PHY Registers
        5. 8.2.5.5 DDRSS0_ECC_AGGR_CTL Registers
        6. 8.2.5.6 DDRSS0_ECC_AGGR_VBUS Registers
        7. 8.2.5.7 DDRSS0_ECC_AGGR_CFG Registers
    3. 8.3 Peripheral Virtualization Unit (PVU)
      1. 8.3.1 PVU Overview
        1. 8.3.1.1 PVU Features
        2. 8.3.1.2 PVU Parameters
        3. 8.3.1.3 PVU Not Supported Features
      2. 8.3.2 PVU Integration
      3. 8.3.3 PVU Functional Description
        1. 8.3.3.1  Functional Operation Overview
        2. 8.3.3.2  PVU Channels
        3. 8.3.3.3  TLB
        4. 8.3.3.4  TLB Entry
        5. 8.3.3.5  TLB Selection
        6. 8.3.3.6  DMA Classes
        7. 8.3.3.7  General virtIDs
        8. 8.3.3.8  TLB Lookup
        9. 8.3.3.9  TLB Miss
        10. 8.3.3.10 Multiple Matching Entries
        11. 8.3.3.11 TLB Disable
        12. 8.3.3.12 TLB Chaining
        13. 8.3.3.13 TLB Permissions
        14. 8.3.3.14 Translation
        15. 8.3.3.15 Memory Attributes
        16. 8.3.3.16 Faulted Transactions
        17. 8.3.3.17 Non-Virtual Transactions
        18. 8.3.3.18 Allowed virtIDs
        19. 8.3.3.19 Software Control
        20. 8.3.3.20 Fault Logging
        21. 8.3.3.21 Alignment Restrictions
      4. 8.3.4 PVU Registers
        1. 8.3.4.1 NAVSS_PVU_CFG Registers
        2. 8.3.4.2 NAVSS0_PVU_CFG_TLBIF Registers
    4. 8.4 Region-based Address Translation (RAT) Module
      1. 8.4.1 RAT Functional Description
        1. 8.4.1.1 RAT Availability
        2. 8.4.1.2 RAT Operation
        3. 8.4.1.3 RAT Error Logging
      2. 8.4.2 RAT Registers
  11. 9 Interrupts
    1. 9.1 Interrupt Architecture
    2. 9.2 Interrupt Controllers
      1. 9.2.1 Generic Interrupt Controller (GIC)
        1. 9.2.1.1 GIC Overview
          1. 9.2.1.1.1 GIC Features
          2. 9.2.1.1.2 GIC Not Supported Features
        2. 9.2.1.2 GIC Integration
        3. 9.2.1.3 GIC Functional Description
          1. 9.2.1.3.1 GIC Block Diagram
          2. 9.2.1.3.2 Arm GIC-500
          3. 9.2.1.3.3 GIC Interrupt Types
          4. 9.2.1.3.4 GIC Interfaces
          5. 9.2.1.3.5 GIC Interrupt Outputs
          6. 9.2.1.3.6 GIC ECC Support
          7. 9.2.1.3.7 GIC AXI2VBUSM and VBUSM2AXI Bridges
        4. 9.2.1.4 GIC Registers
          1. 9.2.1.4.1 Arm GIC-500 Registers
          2. 9.2.1.4.2 GIC_ECC_AGGR Registers
      2. 9.2.2 Other Interrupt Controllers
    3. 9.3 Interrupt Routers
      1. 9.3.1 INTRTR Overview
      2. 9.3.2 INTRTR Integration
        1. 9.3.2.1 WKUP_GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Integration
        2. 9.3.2.2 GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Integration
        3. 9.3.2.3 MAIN2MCU_LVL_INTRTR0 Integration
        4. 9.3.2.4 MAIN2MCU_PLS_INTRTR0 Integration
      3. 9.3.3 INTRTR Registers
        1. 9.3.3.1 WKUP_GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Registers
        2. 9.3.3.2 GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Registers
        3. 9.3.3.3 MAIN2MCU_LVL_INTRTR0 Registers
        4. 9.3.3.4 MAIN2MCU_PLS_INTRTR0 Registers
    4. 9.4 Interrupt Sources
      1. 9.4.1 WKUP Domain Interrupt Maps
        1. 9.4.1.1 WKUP_DMSC0 Interrupt Map
        2. 9.4.1.2 WKUP_GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Interrupt Map
        3. 9.4.1.3 WKUP_GPIO0_VIRT Interrupt Map
        4. 9.4.1.4 WKUP_ESM0 Interrupt Map
      2. 9.4.2 MCU Domain Interrupt Maps
        1. 9.4.2.1 MCU_R5FSS0_CORE0 Interrupt Map
        2. 9.4.2.2 MCU_R5FSS0_CORE1 Interrupt Map
        3. 9.4.2.3 MCU_ESM0 Interrupt Map
      3. 9.4.3 MAIN Domain Interrupt Maps
        1. 9.4.3.1 COMPUTE_CLUSTER0 Interrupt Map
          1. 9.4.3.1.1 GIC500 PPI Interrupt Map
          2. 9.4.3.1.2 GIC500 SPI Interrupt Map
          3. 9.4.3.1.3 SoC Event Output Interrupt Map
        2. 9.4.3.2 R5FSS0_CORE0 Interrupt Map
        3. 9.4.3.3 R5FSS0_CORE1 Interrupt Map
        4. 9.4.3.4 MAIN2MCU_LVL_INTRTR0 Interrupt Map
        5. 9.4.3.5 MAIN2MCU_PLS_INTRTR0 Interrupt Map
        6. 9.4.3.6 GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Interrupt Map
        7. 9.4.3.7 GPIO0_VIRT Interrupt Map
        8. 9.4.3.8 ESM0 Interrupt Map
  12. 10Data Movement Architecture (DMA)
    1. 10.1 DMA Architecture
      1. 10.1.1 Overview
        1. 10.1.1.1  Navigator Subsystem
        2. 10.1.1.2  Ring Accelerator (RA)
        3. 10.1.1.3  Proxy
        4. 10.1.1.4  Secure Proxy
        5. 10.1.1.5  Interrupt Aggregator (INTA)
        6. 10.1.1.6  Interrupt Router (IR)
        7. 10.1.1.7  Unified DMA – Third Party Channel Controller (UDMA-C)
        8. 10.1.1.8  Unified Transfer Controller (UTC)
        9. 10.1.1.9  Data Routing Unit (DRU)
        10. 10.1.1.10 Unified DMA – Peripheral Root Complex (UDMA-P)
          1. 10.1.1.10.1 Channel Classes
        11. 10.1.1.11 Peripheral DMA (PDMA)
        12. 10.1.1.12 Embedded DMA
        13. 10.1.1.13 Definition of Terms
      2. 10.1.2 UDMA Hardware/Software Interface
        1. 10.1.2.1 Data Buffers
        2. 10.1.2.2 Descriptors
          1. 10.1.2.2.1 Host Packet Descriptor
          2. 10.1.2.2.2 Host Buffer Descriptor
          3. 10.1.2.2.3 Monolithic Packet Descriptor
          4. 10.1.2.2.4 Transfer Request Descriptor
        3. 10.1.2.3 Transfer Request Record
          1. 10.1.2.3.1 Overview
          2. 10.1.2.3.2 Addressing Algorithm
            1. 10.1.2.3.2.1 Linear Addressing (Forward)
          3. 10.1.2.3.3 Transfer Request Formats
          4. 10.1.2.3.4 Flags Field Definition
            1. 10.1.2.3.4.1 Type: TR Type Field
            2. 10.1.2.3.4.2 STATIC: Static Field Definition
            3. 10.1.2.3.4.3 EVENT_SIZE: Event Generation Definition
            4. 10.1.2.3.4.4 TRIGGER INFO: TR Triggers
            5. 10.1.2.3.4.5 TRIGGERX_TYPE: Trigger Type
            6. 10.1.2.3.4.6 TRIGGERX: Trigger Selection
            7. 10.1.2.3.4.7 CMD ID: Command ID Field Definition
            8. 10.1.2.3.4.8 Configuration Specific Flags Definition
          5. 10.1.2.3.5 TR Address and Size Attributes
            1. 10.1.2.3.5.1  ICNT0
            2. 10.1.2.3.5.2  ICNT1
            3. 10.1.2.3.5.3  ADDR
            4. 10.1.2.3.5.4  DIM1
            5. 10.1.2.3.5.5  ICNT2
            6. 10.1.2.3.5.6  ICNT3
            7. 10.1.2.3.5.7  DIM2
            8. 10.1.2.3.5.8  DIM3
            9. 10.1.2.3.5.9  DDIM1
            10. 10.1.2.3.5.10 DADDR
            11. 10.1.2.3.5.11 DDIM2
            12. 10.1.2.3.5.12 DDIM3
            13. 10.1.2.3.5.13 DICNT0
            14. 10.1.2.3.5.14 DICNT1
            15. 10.1.2.3.5.15 DICNT2
            16. 10.1.2.3.5.16 DICNT3
          6. 10.1.2.3.6 FMTFLAGS
            1. 10.1.2.3.6.1 AMODE: Addressing Mode Definition
              1. 10.1.2.3.6.1.1 Linear Addressing
              2. 10.1.2.3.6.1.2 Circular Addressing
            2. 10.1.2.3.6.2 DIR: Addressing Mode Direction Definition
            3. 10.1.2.3.6.3 ELTYPE: Element Type Definition
            4. 10.1.2.3.6.4 DFMT: Data Formatting Algorithm Definition
            5. 10.1.2.3.6.5 SECTR: Secondary Transfer Request Definition
              1. 10.1.2.3.6.5.1 Secondary TR Formats
              2. 10.1.2.3.6.5.2 Secondary TR FLAGS
                1. 10.1.2.3.6.5.2.1 SEC_TR_TYPE: Secondary TR Type Field
                2. 10.1.2.3.6.5.2.2 Multiple Buffer Interleave
            6. 10.1.2.3.6.6 AMODE SPECIFIC: Addressing Mode Field
              1. 10.1.2.3.6.6.1 Circular Address Mode Specific Flags
                1. 10.1.2.3.6.6.1.1 CBK0 and CBK1: Circular Block Size Selection
                2. 10.1.2.3.6.6.1.2 Amx: Addressing Mode Selection
            7. 10.1.2.3.6.7 Cache Flags
        4. 10.1.2.4 Transfer Response Record
          1. 10.1.2.4.1 STATUS Field Definition
            1. 10.1.2.4.1.1 STATUS_TYPE Definition
              1. 10.1.2.4.1.1.1 Transfer Error
              2. 10.1.2.4.1.1.2 Aborted Error
              3. 10.1.2.4.1.1.3 Submission Error
              4. 10.1.2.4.1.1.4 Unsupported Feature
              5. 10.1.2.4.1.1.5 Transfer Exception
              6. 10.1.2.4.1.1.6 Teardown Flush
        5. 10.1.2.5 Queues
          1. 10.1.2.5.1 Queue Types
            1. 10.1.2.5.1.1 Transmit Queues (Pass By Reference)
            2. 10.1.2.5.1.2 Transmit Queues (Pass By Value)
            3. 10.1.2.5.1.3 Transmit Completion Queues (Pass By Reference)
            4. 10.1.2.5.1.4 Transmit Completion Queues (Pass By Value)
            5. 10.1.2.5.1.5 Receive Queues
            6. 10.1.2.5.1.6 Free Descriptor Queues
            7. 10.1.2.5.1.7 Free Descriptor/Buffer Queues
          2. 10.1.2.5.2 Ring Accelerator Queues Implementation
      3. 10.1.3 Operational Description
        1. 10.1.3.1  Resource Allocation
        2. 10.1.3.2  Ring Accelerator Operation
          1. 10.1.3.2.1 Queue Initialization
          2. 10.1.3.2.2 Queuing packets (Exposed Ring Mode)
          3. 10.1.3.2.3 De-queuing packets (Exposed Ring Mode)
          4. 10.1.3.2.4 Queuing packets (Queue Mode)
          5. 10.1.3.2.5 De-queuing packets (Queue Mode)
        3. 10.1.3.3  UDMA Internal Transmit Channel Setup (All Packet Types)
        4. 10.1.3.4  UDMA Internal Transmit Channel Teardown (All Packet Types)
        5. 10.1.3.5  UDMA External Transmit Channel Setup
        6. 10.1.3.6  UDMA Transmit External Channel Teardown
        7. 10.1.3.7  UDMA-P Transmit Channel Pause
        8. 10.1.3.8  UDMA-P Transmit Operation (Host Packet Type)
        9. 10.1.3.9  UDMA-P Transmit Operation (Monolithic Packet)
        10. 10.1.3.10 UDMA Transmit Operation (TR Packet)
        11. 10.1.3.11 UDMA Transmit Operation (Direct TR)
        12. 10.1.3.12 UDMA Transmit Error/Exception Handling
          1. 10.1.3.12.1 Null Icnt0 Error
          2. 10.1.3.12.2 Unsupported TR Type
          3. 10.1.3.12.3 Bus Errors
        13. 10.1.3.13 UDMA Receive Channel Setup (All Packet Types)
        14. 10.1.3.14 UDMA Receive Channel Teardown
        15. 10.1.3.15 UDMA-P Receive Channel Pause
        16. 10.1.3.16 UDMA-P Receive Free Descriptor/Buffer Queue Setup (Host Packets)
        17. 10.1.3.17 UDMA-P Receive FlowID Firewall Operation
        18. 10.1.3.18 UDMA-P Receive Operation (Host Packet)
        19. 10.1.3.19 UDMA-P Receive Operation (Monolithic Packet)
        20. 10.1.3.20 UDMA Receive Operation (TR Packet)
        21. 10.1.3.21 UDMA Receive Operation (Direct TR)
        22. 10.1.3.22 UDMA Receive Error/Exception Handling
          1. 10.1.3.22.1 Error Conditions
            1. 10.1.3.22.1.1 Bus Errors
            2. 10.1.3.22.1.2 Null Icnt0 Error
            3. 10.1.3.22.1.3 Unsupported TR Type
          2. 10.1.3.22.2 Exception Conditions Exception Conditions
            1. 10.1.3.22.2.1 Descriptor Starvation
            2. 10.1.3.22.2.2 Protocol Errors
            3. 10.1.3.22.2.3 Dropped Packets
            4. 10.1.3.22.2.4 Reception of EOL Delimiter
            5. 10.1.3.22.2.5 EOP Asserted Prematurely (Short Packet)
            6. 10.1.3.22.2.6 EOP Asserted Late (Long Packets)
        23. 10.1.3.23 UTC Operation
        24. 10.1.3.24 UTC Receive Error/Exception Handling
          1. 10.1.3.24.1 Error Handling
            1. 10.1.3.24.1.1 Null Icnt0 Error
            2. 10.1.3.24.1.2 Unsupported TR Type
          2. 10.1.3.24.2 Exception Conditions
            1. 10.1.3.24.2.1 Reception of EOL Delimiter
            2. 10.1.3.24.2.2 EOP Asserted Prematurely (Short Packet)
            3. 10.1.3.24.2.3 EOP Asserted Late (Long Packets)
    2. 10.2 Navigator Subsystem (NAVSS)
      1. 10.2.1  Main Navigator Subsystem (NAVSS)
        1. 10.2.1.1 NAVSS Overview
        2. 10.2.1.2 NAVSS Integration
          1. 10.2.1.2.1 NAVSS Interrupt Router Configuration
          2. 10.2.1.2.2 Global Event Map
          3. 10.2.1.2.3 PSI-L System Thread Map (All NAVSS)
          4. 10.2.1.2.4 NAVSS VBUSM Route ID Table
        3. 10.2.1.3 NAVSS Functional Description
        4. 10.2.1.4 NAVSS Interrupt Configuration
          1. 10.2.1.4.1 NAVSS Event and Interrupt Flow
            1. 10.2.1.4.1.1 NAVSS Interrupts Description
            2. 10.2.1.4.1.2 Application Example
        5. 10.2.1.5 NAVSS Top-level Registers
          1. 10.2.1.5.1 NAVSS0_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.1.5.2 INTR0_INTR_ROUTER_CFG Registers
          3. 10.2.1.5.3 VIRTID_CFG_MMRS Registers
      2. 10.2.2  MCU Navigator Subsystem (MCU NAVSS)
        1. 10.2.2.1 MCU NAVSS Overview
        2. 10.2.2.2 MCU NAVSS Integration
          1. 10.2.2.2.1  MCU NAVSS Interrupt Router Configuration
          2. 10.2.2.2.2  MCU NAVSS UDMASS Interrupt Aggregator Configuration
          3. 10.2.2.2.3  MCU NAVSS UDMA Configuration
          4. 10.2.2.2.4  MCU NAVSS Ring Accelerator Configuration
          5. 10.2.2.2.5  MCU NAVSS Proxy Configuration
          6. 10.2.2.2.6  MCU NAVSS Secure Proxy Configuration
          7. 10.2.2.2.7  Global Event Map
          8. 10.2.2.2.8  PSI-L System Thread Map (All NAVSS)
          9. 10.2.2.2.9  MCU NAVSS VBUSM Route ID Table
          10. 10.2.2.2.10 1006
        3. 10.2.2.3 MCU NAVSS Functional Description
        4. 10.2.2.4 MCU NAVSS Top-Level Registers
          1. 10.2.2.4.1 MCU_NAVSS0_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.2.4.2 MCU_NAVSS0_UDMASS_ECCAGGR0 Registers
      3. 10.2.3  Unified DMA Controller (UDMA)
        1. 10.2.3.1 UDMA Overview
          1. 10.2.3.1.1 UDMA Features
          2. 10.2.3.1.2 UDMA Parameters
        2. 10.2.3.2 UDMA Integration
        3. 10.2.3.3 UDMA Functional Description
          1. 10.2.3.3.1 Block Diagram
          2. 10.2.3.3.2 General Functionality
            1. 10.2.3.3.2.1  Operational States
            2. 10.2.3.3.2.2  Tx Channel Allocation
            3. 10.2.3.3.2.3  Rx Channel Allocation
            4. 10.2.3.3.2.4  Tx Teardown
            5. 10.2.3.3.2.5  Rx Teardown
            6. 10.2.3.3.2.6  Tx Clock Stop
            7. 10.2.3.3.2.7  Rx Clock Stop
            8. 10.2.3.3.2.8  Rx Thread Enables
            9. 10.2.3.3.2.9  Events
              1. 10.2.3.3.2.9.1 Local Event Inputs
              2. 10.2.3.3.2.9.2 Inbound Tx PSI-L Events
              3. 10.2.3.3.2.9.3 Outbound Rx PSI-L Events
            10. 10.2.3.3.2.10 Emulation Control
          3. 10.2.3.3.3 Packet Oriented Transmit Operation
            1. 10.2.3.3.3.1 Packet Mode VBUSM Master Interface Command ID Selection
          4. 10.2.3.3.4 Packet Oriented Receive Operation
            1. 10.2.3.3.4.1 Rx Packet Drop
            2. 10.2.3.3.4.2 Rx Starvation and the Starvation Timer
          5. 10.2.3.3.5 Third Party Mode Operation
            1. 10.2.3.3.5.1 Events and Flow Control
              1. 10.2.3.3.5.1.1 Channel Triggering
              2. 10.2.3.3.5.1.2 Internal TR Completion Events
            2. 10.2.3.3.5.2 Transmit Operation
              1. 10.2.3.3.5.2.1 Transfer Request
              2. 10.2.3.3.5.2.2 Transfer Response
              3. 10.2.3.3.5.2.3 Data Transfer
              4. 10.2.3.3.5.2.4 Memory Interface Transactions
              5. 10.2.3.3.5.2.5 Error Handling
            3. 10.2.3.3.5.3 Receive Operation
              1. 10.2.3.3.5.3.1 Transfer Request
              2. 10.2.3.3.5.3.2 Transfer Response
              3. 10.2.3.3.5.3.3 Error Handling
            4. 10.2.3.3.5.4 Data Transfer
              1. 10.2.3.3.5.4.1 Memory Interface Transactions
              2. 10.2.3.3.5.4.2 Rx Packet Drop
        4. 10.2.3.4 UDMA Registers
          1. 10.2.3.4.1 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.3.4.2 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_TCHAN Registers
          3. 10.2.3.4.3 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_RCHAN Registers
          4. 10.2.3.4.4 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_RFLOW Registers
          5. 10.2.3.4.5 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_RCHANRT Registers
          6. 10.2.3.4.6 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_TCHANRT Registers
      4. 10.2.4  Ring Accelerator (RINGACC)
        1. 10.2.4.1 RINGACC Overview
          1. 10.2.4.1.1 RINGACC Features
          2. 10.2.4.1.2 RINGACC Not Supported Features
          3. 10.2.4.1.3 RINGACC Parameters
        2. 10.2.4.2 RINGACC Integration
        3. 10.2.4.3 RINGACC Functional Description
          1. 10.2.4.3.1 Block Diagram
            1. 10.2.4.3.1.1  Configuration Registers
            2. 10.2.4.3.1.2  Source Command FIFO
            3. 10.2.4.3.1.3  Source Write Data FIFO
            4. 10.2.4.3.1.4  Source Read Data FIFO
            5. 10.2.4.3.1.5  Source Write Status FIFO
            6. 10.2.4.3.1.6  Main State Machine
            7. 10.2.4.3.1.7  Destination Command FIFO
            8. 10.2.4.3.1.8  Destination Write Data FIFO
            9. 10.2.4.3.1.9  Destination Read Data FIFO
            10. 10.2.4.3.1.10 Destination Write Status FIFO
          2. 10.2.4.3.2 RINGACC Functional Operation
            1. 10.2.4.3.2.1 Queue Modes
              1. 10.2.4.3.2.1.1 Ring Mode
              2. 10.2.4.3.2.1.2 Messaging Mode
              3. 10.2.4.3.2.1.3 Credentials Mode
              4. 10.2.4.3.2.1.4 Queue Manager Mode
              5. 10.2.4.3.2.1.5 Peek Support
              6. 10.2.4.3.2.1.6 Index Register Operation
            2. 10.2.4.3.2.2 VBUSM Slave Ring Operations
            3. 10.2.4.3.2.3 VBUSM Master Interface Command ID Selection
            4. 10.2.4.3.2.4 Ring Push Operation (VBUSM Write to Source Interface)
            5. 10.2.4.3.2.5 Ring Pop Operation (VBUSM Read from Source Interface)
            6. 10.2.4.3.2.6 Host Doorbell Access
            7. 10.2.4.3.2.7 Queue Push Operation (VBUSM Write to Source Interface)
            8. 10.2.4.3.2.8 Queue Pop Operation (VBUSM Read from Source Interface)
            9. 10.2.4.3.2.9 Mismatched Element Size Handling
          3. 10.2.4.3.3 Events
          4. 10.2.4.3.4 Bus Error Handling
          5. 10.2.4.3.5 Monitors
            1. 10.2.4.3.5.1 Threshold Monitor
            2. 10.2.4.3.5.2 Watermark Monitor
            3. 10.2.4.3.5.3 Starvation Monitor
            4. 10.2.4.3.5.4 Statistics Monitor
            5. 10.2.4.3.5.5 Overflow
            6. 10.2.4.3.5.6 Ring Update Port
            7. 10.2.4.3.5.7 Tracing
        4. 10.2.4.4 RINGACC Registers
          1. 10.2.4.4.1 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.4.4.2 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_GCFG Registers
          3. 10.2.4.4.3 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_CFG_MON Registers
          4. 10.2.4.4.4 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_CFG_RT Registers
          5. 10.2.4.4.5 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_SRC_FIFOS Registers
      5. 10.2.5  Proxy
        1. 10.2.5.1 Proxy Overview
          1. 10.2.5.1.1 Proxy Features
          2. 10.2.5.1.2 Proxy Parameters
          3. 10.2.5.1.3 Proxy Not Supported Features
        2. 10.2.5.2 Proxy Integration
        3. 10.2.5.3 Proxy Functional Description
          1. 10.2.5.3.1  Targets
            1. 10.2.5.3.1.1 Ring Accelerator
          2. 10.2.5.3.2  Proxy Sizes
          3. 10.2.5.3.3  Proxy Interleaving
          4. 10.2.5.3.4  Proxy Host States
          5. 10.2.5.3.5  Proxy Host Channel Selection
          6. 10.2.5.3.6  Proxy Host Access
            1. 10.2.5.3.6.1 Proxy Host Writes
            2. 10.2.5.3.6.2 Proxy Host Reads
          7. 10.2.5.3.7  Permission Inheritance
          8. 10.2.5.3.8  Buffer Size
          9. 10.2.5.3.9  Error Events
          10. 10.2.5.3.10 Debug Reads
        4. 10.2.5.4 Proxy Registers
          1. 10.2.5.4.1 NAVSS0_PROXY0_CFG_BUF_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.5.4.2 NAVSS0_PROXY0_BUF_CFG Registers
          3. 10.2.5.4.3 NAVSS0_PROXY_BUF Registers
          4. 10.2.5.4.4 NAVSS0_PROXY_TARGET0_DATA Registers
      6. 10.2.6  Secure Proxy
        1. 10.2.6.1 Secure Proxy Overview
          1. 10.2.6.1.1 Secure Proxy Features
          2. 10.2.6.1.2 Secure Proxy Parameters
          3. 10.2.6.1.3 Secure Proxy Not Supported Features
        2. 10.2.6.2 Secure Proxy Integration
        3. 10.2.6.3 Secure Proxy Functional Description
          1. 10.2.6.3.1  Targets
            1. 10.2.6.3.1.1 Ring Accelerator
          2. 10.2.6.3.2  Buffers
            1. 10.2.6.3.2.1 Proxy Credits
            2. 10.2.6.3.2.2 Proxy Private Word
            3. 10.2.6.3.2.3 Completion Byte
          3. 10.2.6.3.3  Proxy Thread Sizes
          4. 10.2.6.3.4  Proxy Thread Interleaving
          5. 10.2.6.3.5  Proxy States
          6. 10.2.6.3.6  Proxy Host Access
            1. 10.2.6.3.6.1 Proxy Host Writes
            2. 10.2.6.3.6.2 Proxy Host Reads
            3. 10.2.6.3.6.3 Buffer Accesses
            4. 10.2.6.3.6.4 Target Access
            5. 10.2.6.3.6.5 Error State
          7. 10.2.6.3.7  Permission Inheritance
          8. 10.2.6.3.8  Resource Association
          9. 10.2.6.3.9  Direction
          10. 10.2.6.3.10 Threshold Events
          11. 10.2.6.3.11 Error Events
          12. 10.2.6.3.12 Bus Errors and Credits
          13. 10.2.6.3.13 Debug
        4. 10.2.6.4 Secure Proxy Registers
          1. 10.2.6.4.1 NAVSS0_SEC_PROXY0_CFG_MMRS Registers
          2. 10.2.6.4.2 NAVSS0_SEC_PROXY0_CFG_RT Registers
          3. 10.2.6.4.3 NAVSS0_SEC_PROXY0_CFG_SCFG Registers
          4. 10.2.6.4.4 NAVSS0_SEC_PROXY0_SRC_TARGET_DATA Registers
      7. 10.2.7  Interrupt Aggregator (INTR_AGGR)
        1. 10.2.7.1 INTR_AGGR Overview
          1. 10.2.7.1.1 INTR_AGGR Features
          2. 10.2.7.1.2 INTR_AGGR Parameters
        2. 10.2.7.2 INTR_AGGR Integration
        3. 10.2.7.3 INTR_AGGR Functional Description
          1. 10.2.7.3.1 Submodule Descriptions
            1. 10.2.7.3.1.1 Status/Mask Registers
            2. 10.2.7.3.1.2 Interrupt Mapping Block
            3. 10.2.7.3.1.3 Global Event Input (GEVI) Counters
            4. 10.2.7.3.1.4 Local Event Input (LEVI) to Global Event Conversion
            5. 10.2.7.3.1.5 Global Event Multicast
          2. 10.2.7.3.2 General Functionality
            1. 10.2.7.3.2.1 Event to Interrupt Bit Steering
            2. 10.2.7.3.2.2 Interrupt Status
            3. 10.2.7.3.2.3 Interrupt Masked Status
            4. 10.2.7.3.2.4 Enabling/Disabling Individual Interrupt Source Bits
            5. 10.2.7.3.2.5 Interrupt Output Generation
            6. 10.2.7.3.2.6 Global Event Counting
            7. 10.2.7.3.2.7 Local Event to Global Event Conversion
            8. 10.2.7.3.2.8 Global Event Multicast
        4. 10.2.7.4 INTR_AGGR Registers
          1. 10.2.7.4.1  MODSS_INTA_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.7.4.2  MODSS_INTA_CFG_IMAP Registers
          3. 10.2.7.4.3  MODSS_INTA_CFG_INTR Registers
          4. 10.2.7.4.4  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG Registers
          5. 10.2.7.4.5  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_INTR Registers
          6. 10.2.7.4.6  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_IMAP Registers
          7. 10.2.7.4.7  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_L2G Registers
          8. 10.2.7.4.8  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_MCAST Registers
          9. 10.2.7.4.9  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_GCNTCFG Registers
          10. 10.2.7.4.10 UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_GCNTRTI Registers
      8. 10.2.8  Packet Streaming Interface Link (PSI-L)
        1. 10.2.8.1 PSI-L Overview
        2. 10.2.8.2 PSI-L Functional Description
          1. 10.2.8.2.1 PSI-L Introduction
          2. 10.2.8.2.2 PSI-L Operation
            1. 10.2.8.2.2.1 Event Transport
            2. 10.2.8.2.2.2 Threads
            3. 10.2.8.2.2.3 Arbitration Protocol
            4. 10.2.8.2.2.4 Thread Configuration
              1. 10.2.8.2.2.4.1 Thread Pairing
                1. 10.2.8.2.2.4.1.1 Configuration Transaction Pairing
              2. 10.2.8.2.2.4.2 Configuration Registers Region
        3. 10.2.8.3 PSI-L Configuration Registers
        4. 10.2.8.4 PSI-L CFG_PROXY Registers
      9. 10.2.9  PSIL Subsystem (PSILSS)
        1. 10.2.9.1 PSILSS Overview
          1. 10.2.9.1.1 PSILSS Features
        2. 10.2.9.2 PSILSS Functional Description
          1. 10.2.9.2.1 PSILSS Basic Operation
          2. 10.2.9.2.2 PSILSS Event Routing
          3. 10.2.9.2.3 PSILSS Link Down Detection
          4. 10.2.9.2.4 PSILSS Configuration
        3. 10.2.9.3 PSILSS Registers
          1. 10.2.9.3.1 PDMA_USART_PSILSS0 Registers
          2. 10.2.9.3.2 PDMA_SPI_PSILSS0 Registers
      10. 10.2.10 NAVSS North Bridge (NB)
        1. 10.2.10.1 NB Overview
          1. 10.2.10.1.1 Features Supported
          2. 10.2.10.1.2 NB Parameters
            1. 10.2.10.1.2.1 Compliance to Standards
            2. 10.2.10.1.2.2 Features Not Supported
        2. 10.2.10.2 NB Functional Description
          1. 10.2.10.2.1  VBUSM Slave Interfaces
          2. 10.2.10.2.2  VBUSM Master Interface
          3. 10.2.10.2.3  VBUSM.C Interfaces
            1. 10.2.10.2.3.1 Multi-Threading
            2. 10.2.10.2.3.2 Write Command Crediting
            3. 10.2.10.2.3.3 Early Credit Response
            4. 10.2.10.2.3.4 Priority Escalation
          4. 10.2.10.2.4  Source M2M Bridges
          5. 10.2.10.2.5  Destination M2M Bridge
          6. 10.2.10.2.6  M2C Bridge
          7. 10.2.10.2.7  Memory Attribute Tables
          8. 10.2.10.2.8  Outstanding Read Data Limiter
          9. 10.2.10.2.9  Ordering
          10. 10.2.10.2.10 Quality of Service
          11. 10.2.10.2.11 IDLE Behavior
          12. 10.2.10.2.12 Clock Power Management
        3. 10.2.10.3 NB Registers
          1. 10.2.10.3.1 NAVSS0_NBSS_CFG_REGS0_MMRS Registers
          2. 10.2.10.3.2 NAVSS0_NBSS_NB_CFG_MMRS Registers
    3. 10.3 Peripheral DMA (PDMA)
      1. 10.3.1 PDMA Controller
        1. 10.3.1.1 PDMA Overview
          1. 10.3.1.1.1 PDMA Features
            1. 10.3.1.1.1.1  MCU_PDMA0 (MCU_PDMA_MISC_G0) Features
            2. 10.3.1.1.1.2  MCU_PDMA1 (MCU_PDMA_MISC_G1) Features
            3. 10.3.1.1.1.3  MCU_PDMA2 (MCU_PDMA_MISC_G2) Features
            4. 10.3.1.1.1.4  MCU_PDMA3 (MCU_PDMA_ADC) Features
            5. 10.3.1.1.1.5  PDMA2 (PDMA_DEBUG_CCMCU) Features
            6. 10.3.1.1.1.6  PDMA5 (PDMA_MCAN) Features
            7. 10.3.1.1.1.7  PDMA6 (PDMA_MCASP_G0) Features
            8. 10.3.1.1.1.8  PDMA9 (PDMA_SPI_G0) Features
            9. 10.3.1.1.1.9  PDMA10 (PDMA_SPI_G1) Features
            10. 10.3.1.1.1.10 PDMA13 (PDMA_USART_G0) Features
            11. 10.3.1.1.1.11 PDMA14 (PDMA_USART_G1) Features
            12. 10.3.1.1.1.12 PDMA15 (PDMA_USART_G2) Features
        2. 10.3.1.2 PDMA Integration
          1. 10.3.1.2.1 PDMA Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 10.3.1.2.2 PDMA Integration in MAIN Domain
        3. 10.3.1.3 PDMA Functional Description
          1. 10.3.1.3.1 PDMA Functional Blocks
            1. 10.3.1.3.1.1 Scheduler
            2. 10.3.1.3.1.2 Tx Per-Channel Buffers (TCP FIFO)
            3. 10.3.1.3.1.3 Tx DMA Unit (Tx Engine)
            4. 10.3.1.3.1.4 Rx Per-Channel Buffers (RCP FIFO)
            5. 10.3.1.3.1.5 Rx DMA Unit (Rx Engine)
          2. 10.3.1.3.2 PDMA General Functionality
            1. 10.3.1.3.2.1 Operational States
            2. 10.3.1.3.2.2 Clock Stop
            3. 10.3.1.3.2.3 Emulation Control
          3. 10.3.1.3.3 PDMA Events and Flow Control
            1. 10.3.1.3.3.1 Channel Types
              1. 10.3.1.3.3.1.1 X-Y FIFO Mode
              2. 10.3.1.3.3.1.2 MCAN Mode
              3. 10.3.1.3.3.1.3 AASRC Mode
              4. 10.3.1.3.3.1.4 1288
            2. 10.3.1.3.3.2 Channel Triggering
            3. 10.3.1.3.3.3 Completion Events
          4. 10.3.1.3.4 PDMA Transmit Operation
            1. 10.3.1.3.4.1 Destination (Tx) Channel Allocation
            2. 10.3.1.3.4.2 Destination (Tx) Channel Out-of-Band Signals
            3. 10.3.1.3.4.3 Destination Channel Initialization
              1. 10.3.1.3.4.3.1 PSI-L Destination Thread Pairing
              2. 10.3.1.3.4.3.2 Static Transfer Request Setup
              3. 10.3.1.3.4.3.3 1297
              4. 10.3.1.3.4.3.4 PSI-L Destination Thread Enables
            4. 10.3.1.3.4.4 Data Transfer
              1. 10.3.1.3.4.4.1 X-Y FIFO Mode Channel
                1. 10.3.1.3.4.4.1.1 X-Y FIFO Burst Mode
              2. 10.3.1.3.4.4.2 MCAN Mode Channel
                1. 10.3.1.3.4.4.2.1 MCAN Burst Mode
              3. 10.3.1.3.4.4.3 AASRC Mode Channel
            5. 10.3.1.3.4.5 Tx Pause
            6. 10.3.1.3.4.6 Tx Teardown
            7. 10.3.1.3.4.7 Tx Channel Reset
            8. 10.3.1.3.4.8 Tx Debug/State Registers
          5. 10.3.1.3.5 PDMA Receive Operation
            1. 10.3.1.3.5.1 Source (Rx) Channel Allocation
            2. 10.3.1.3.5.2 Source Channel Initialization
              1. 10.3.1.3.5.2.1 PSI-L Source Thread Pairing
              2. 10.3.1.3.5.2.2 Static Transfer Request Setup
              3. 10.3.1.3.5.2.3 PSI-L Source Thread Enables
            3. 10.3.1.3.5.3 Data Transfer
              1. 10.3.1.3.5.3.1 X-Y FIFO Mode Channel
              2. 10.3.1.3.5.3.2 MCAN Mode Channel
                1. 10.3.1.3.5.3.2.1 MCAN Burst Mode
              3. 10.3.1.3.5.3.3 AASRC Mode Channel
            4. 10.3.1.3.5.4 Rx Pause
            5. 10.3.1.3.5.5 Rx Teardown
            6. 10.3.1.3.5.6 Rx Channel Reset
            7. 10.3.1.3.5.7 Rx Debug/State Register
          6. 10.3.1.3.6 PDMA ECC Support
        4. 10.3.1.4 PDMA Registers
          1. 10.3.1.4.1 PDMA5 ECC Registers
          2. 10.3.1.4.2 PDMA9 ECC Registers
          3. 10.3.1.4.3 PDMA10 ECC Registers
          4. 10.3.1.4.4 PDMA PSI-L TX Configuration Registers
          5. 10.3.1.4.5 PDMA PSI-L RX Configuration Registers
      2. 10.3.2 PDMA Sources
        1. 10.3.2.1 MCU Domain PDMA Event Maps
          1. 10.3.2.1.1 MCU_PDMA_MISC_G0 Event Map
          2. 10.3.2.1.2 MCU_PDMA_MISC_G1 Event Map
          3. 10.3.2.1.3 MCU_PDMA_MISC_G2 Event Map
          4. 10.3.2.1.4 MCU_PDMA_ADC Event Map
        2. 10.3.2.2 MAIN Domain PDMA Event Maps
          1. 10.3.2.2.1 PDMA_DEBUG_CCMCU Event Map
          2. 10.3.2.2.2 PDMA_MCAN Event Map
          3. 10.3.2.2.3 PDMA_MCASP_G0 Event Map
          4. 10.3.2.2.4 PDMA_SPI_G0 Event Map
          5. 10.3.2.2.5 PDMA_SPI_G1 Event Map
          6. 10.3.2.2.6 PDMA_USART_G0 Event Map
          7. 10.3.2.2.7 PDMA_USART_G1 Event Map
          8. 10.3.2.2.8 PDMA_USART_G2 Event Map
  13. 11Time Sync
    1. 11.1 Time Sync Module (CPTS)
      1. 11.1.1 CPTS Overview
        1. 11.1.1.1 CPTS Features
        2. 11.1.1.2 CPTS Not Supported Features
      2. 11.1.2 CPTS Integration
      3. 11.1.3 CPTS Functional Description
        1. 11.1.3.1  CPTS Architecture
        2. 11.1.3.2  CPTS Initialization
        3. 11.1.3.3  32-bit Time Stamp Value
        4. 11.1.3.4  64-bit Time Stamp Value
          1. 11.1.3.4.1 64-Bit Timestamp Nudge
          2. 11.1.3.4.2 64-bit Timestamp PPM
        5. 11.1.3.5  Event FIFO
        6. 11.1.3.6  Timestamp Compare Output
          1. 11.1.3.6.1 Non-Toggle Mode
          2. 11.1.3.6.2 Toggle Mode
        7. 11.1.3.7  Timestamp Sync Output
        8. 11.1.3.8  Timestamp GENF Output
          1. 11.1.3.8.1 GENFn Nudge
          2. 11.1.3.8.2 GENFn PPM
        9. 11.1.3.9  Time Sync Events
          1. 11.1.3.9.1 Time Stamp Push Event
          2. 11.1.3.9.2 Time Stamp Counter Rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
          3. 11.1.3.9.3 Time Stamp Counter Half-rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
          4. 11.1.3.9.4 Hardware Time Stamp Push Event
        10. 11.1.3.10 Timestamp Compare Event
        11. 11.1.3.11 CPTS Interrupt Handling
      4. 11.1.4 CPTS Registers
    2. 11.2 Timer Manager
      1. 11.2.1 Timer Manager Overview
        1. 11.2.1.1 Timer Manager Features
        2. 11.2.1.2 Timer Manager Not Supported Features
      2. 11.2.2 Timer Manager Integration
      3. 11.2.3 Timer Manager Functional Description
        1. 11.2.3.1 Timer Manager Function Overview
        2. 11.2.3.2 Timer Counter
          1. 11.2.3.2.1 Timer Counter Rollover
        3. 11.2.3.3 Timer Control Module (FSM)
        4. 11.2.3.4 Timer Reprogramming
          1. 11.2.3.4.1 Periodic Hardware Timers
        5. 11.2.3.5 Event FIFO
        6. 11.2.3.6 Output Event Lookup (OES RAM)
      4. 11.2.4 Timer Manager Programming Guide
        1. 11.2.4.1 Timer Manager Low-level Programming Models
          1. 11.2.4.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 11.2.4.1.2 Initialization Sequence
          3. 11.2.4.1.3 Real-time Operating Requirements
            1. 11.2.4.1.3.1 Timer Touch
            2. 11.2.4.1.3.2 Timer Disable
            3. 11.2.4.1.3.3 Timer Enable
          4. 11.2.4.1.4 Power Up/Power Down Sequence
      5. 11.2.5 Timer Manager Registers
        1. 11.2.5.1 TIMERMGR_CFG_CFG Registers
        2. 11.2.5.2 TIMERMGR_CFG_OES Registers
        3. 11.2.5.3 TIMERMGR_CFG_TIMERS Registers
    3. 11.3 Time Sync and Compare Events
      1. 11.3.1 Time Sync Architecture
        1. 11.3.1.1 Time Sync Architecture Overview
      2. 11.3.2 Time Sync Routers
        1. 11.3.2.1 Time Sync Routers Overview
        2. 11.3.2.2 Time Sync Routers Integration
          1. 11.3.2.2.1 TIMESYNC_INTRTR0 Integration
          2. 11.3.2.2.2 CMPEVT_INTRTR0 Integration
        3. 11.3.2.3 Time Sync Routers Registers
          1. 11.3.2.3.1 TIMESYNC_INTRTR0 Registers
          2. 11.3.2.3.2 CMPEVT_INTRTR0 Registers
      3. 11.3.3 Time Sync Event Sources
        1. 11.3.3.1 CMPEVT_INTRTR0 Event Map
        2. 11.3.3.2 TIMESYNC_INTRTR0 Event Map
        3. 11.3.3.3 DMSS0 Sync Event Map
        4. 11.3.3.4 PCIE1 Sync Event Map
        5. 11.3.3.5 MCU_CPSW0 Sync Event Map
        6. 11.3.3.6 CPSW0 Sync Event Map
        7. 11.3.3.7 I/O Sync Event Map
  14. 12Peripherals
    1. 12.1 General Connectivity Peripherals
      1. 12.1.1 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
        1. 12.1.1.1 ADC Overview
          1. 12.1.1.1.1 ADC Features
          2. 12.1.1.1.2 ADC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.1.2 ADC Environment
          1. 12.1.1.2.1 ADC Interface Signals
        3. 12.1.1.3 ADC Integration
          1. 12.1.1.3.1 ADC Integration in MCU Domain
        4. 12.1.1.4 ADC Functional Description
          1. 12.1.1.4.1 ADC FSM Sequencer Functional Description
            1. 12.1.1.4.1.1 Step Enable
            2. 12.1.1.4.1.2 Step Configuration
              1. 12.1.1.4.1.2.1 One-Shot (Single) or Continuous Mode
              2. 12.1.1.4.1.2.2 Software- or Hardware-Enabled Steps
              3. 12.1.1.4.1.2.3 Averaging of Samples
              4. 12.1.1.4.1.2.4 Analog Multiplexer Input Select
              5. 12.1.1.4.1.2.5 Differential Control
              6. 12.1.1.4.1.2.6 FIFO Select
              7. 12.1.1.4.1.2.7 Range Check Interrupt Enable
            3. 12.1.1.4.1.3 Open Delay and Sample Delay
              1. 12.1.1.4.1.3.1 Open Delay
              2. 12.1.1.4.1.3.2 Sample Delay
            4. 12.1.1.4.1.4 Interrupts
            5. 12.1.1.4.1.5 Power Management
            6. 12.1.1.4.1.6 DMA Requests
          2. 12.1.1.4.2 ADC AFE Functional Description
            1. 12.1.1.4.2.1 AFE Functional Block Diagram
            2. 12.1.1.4.2.2 ADC GPI Integration
          3. 12.1.1.4.3 ADC FIFOs and DMA
            1. 12.1.1.4.3.1 FIFOs
            2. 12.1.1.4.3.2 DMA
          4. 12.1.1.4.4 ADC Error Correcting Code (ECC)
            1. 12.1.1.4.4.1 Testing ECC Error Injection
          5. 12.1.1.4.5 ADC Functional Internal Diagnostic Debug Mode
        5. 12.1.1.5 ADC Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.1.5.1 ADC Low-Level Programming Models
            1. 12.1.1.5.1.1 Global Initialization
              1. 12.1.1.5.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
              2. 12.1.1.5.1.1.2 General Programming Model
            2. 12.1.1.5.1.2 During Operation
        6. 12.1.1.6 ADC Registers
      2. 12.1.2 General-Purpose Interface (GPIO)
        1. 12.1.2.1 GPIO Overview
          1. 12.1.2.1.1 GPIO Features
          2. 12.1.2.1.2 GPIO Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.2.2 GPIO Environment
          1. 12.1.2.2.1 GPIO Interface Signals
        3. 12.1.2.3 GPIO Integration
          1. 12.1.2.3.1 GPIO Integration in WKUP Domain
          2. 12.1.2.3.2 GPIO Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.2.4 GPIO Functional Description
          1. 12.1.2.4.1 GPIO Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.2.4.2 GPIO Function
          3. 12.1.2.4.3 GPIO Interrupt and Event Generation
            1. 12.1.2.4.3.1 Interrupt Enable (per Bank)
            2. 12.1.2.4.3.2 Trigger Configuration (per Bit)
            3. 12.1.2.4.3.3 Interrupt Status and Clear (per Bit)
          4. 12.1.2.4.4 GPIO Interrupt Connectivity
          5. 12.1.2.4.5 GPIO DeepSleep Mode
          6. 12.1.2.4.6 GPIO Emulation Halt Operation
        5. 12.1.2.5 GPIO Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.2.5.1 GPIO Low-Level Programming Models
            1. 12.1.2.5.1.1 Global Initialization
              1. 12.1.2.5.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
              2. 12.1.2.5.1.1.2 GPIO Module Global Initialization
            2. 12.1.2.5.1.2 GPIO Operational Modes Configuration
              1. 12.1.2.5.1.2.1 GPIO Read Input Register
              2. 12.1.2.5.1.2.2 GPIO Set Bit Function
              3. 12.1.2.5.1.2.3 GPIO Clear Bit Function
        6. 12.1.2.6 GPIO Registers
      3. 12.1.3 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
        1. 12.1.3.1 I2C Overview
          1. 12.1.3.1.1 I2C Features
          2. 12.1.3.1.2 I2C Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.3.2 I2C Environment
          1. 12.1.3.2.1 I2C Typical Application
            1. 12.1.3.2.1.1 I2C Pins for Typical Connections in I2C Mode
            2. 12.1.3.2.1.2 I2C Interface Typical Connections
            3. 12.1.3.2.1.3 1501
          2. 12.1.3.2.2 I2C Typical Connection Protocol and Data Format
            1. 12.1.3.2.2.1  I2C Serial Data Format
            2. 12.1.3.2.2.2  I2C Data Validity
            3. 12.1.3.2.2.3  I2C Start and Stop Conditions
            4. 12.1.3.2.2.4  I2C Addressing
              1. 12.1.3.2.2.4.1 Data Transfer Formats in F/S Mode
              2. 12.1.3.2.2.4.2 Data Transfer Format in HS Mode
            5. 12.1.3.2.2.5  I2C Controller Transmitter
            6. 12.1.3.2.2.6  I2C Controller Receiver
            7. 12.1.3.2.2.7  I2C Target Transmitter
            8. 12.1.3.2.2.8  I2C Target Receiver
            9. 12.1.3.2.2.9  I2C Bus Arbitration
            10. 12.1.3.2.2.10 I2C Clock Generation and Synchronization
        3. 12.1.3.3 I2C Integration
          1. 12.1.3.3.1 I2C Integration in WKUP Domain
          2. 12.1.3.3.2 I2C Integration in MCU Domain
          3. 12.1.3.3.3 I2C Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.3.4 I2C Functional Description
          1. 12.1.3.4.1 I2C Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.3.4.2 I2C Clocks
            1. 12.1.3.4.2.1 I2C Clocking
            2. 12.1.3.4.2.2 I2C Automatic Blocking of the I2C Clock Feature
          3. 12.1.3.4.3 I2C Software Reset
          4. 12.1.3.4.4 I2C Power Management
          5. 12.1.3.4.5 I2C Interrupt Requests
          6. 12.1.3.4.6 I2C Programmable Multitarget Channel Feature
          7. 12.1.3.4.7 I2C FIFO Management
            1. 12.1.3.4.7.1 I2C FIFO Interrupt Mode
            2. 12.1.3.4.7.2 I2C FIFO Polling Mode
            3. 12.1.3.4.7.3 I2C Draining Feature
          8. 12.1.3.4.8 I2C Noise Filter
          9. 12.1.3.4.9 I2C System Test Mode
        5. 12.1.3.5 I2C Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.3.5.1 I2C Low-Level Programming Models
            1. 12.1.3.5.1.1 I2C Programming Model
              1. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1 Main Program
                1. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.1 Configure the Module Before Enabling the I2C Controller
                2. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.2 Initialize the I2C Controller
                3. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.3 Configure Target Address and the Data Control Register
                4. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.4 Initiate a Transfer
                5. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.5 Receive Data
                6. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.6 Transmit Data
              2. 12.1.3.5.1.1.2 Interrupt Subroutine Sequence
              3. 12.1.3.5.1.1.3 Programming Flow-Diagrams
        6. 12.1.3.6 I2C Registers
      4. 12.1.4 Improved Inter-Integrated Circuit (I3C) Interface
        1. 12.1.4.1 I3C Overview
          1. 12.1.4.1.1 I3C Features
          2. 12.1.4.1.2 I3C Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.4.2 I3C Environment
          1. 12.1.4.2.1 I3C Typical Application
            1. 12.1.4.2.1.1 I3C Pins for Typical Connections
            2. 12.1.4.2.1.2 I3C Interface Typical Connections
            3. 12.1.4.2.1.3 1555
        3. 12.1.4.3 I3C Integration
          1. 12.1.4.3.1 I3C Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.1.4.3.2 I3C Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.4.4 I3C Functional Description
          1. 12.1.4.4.1  I3C Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.4.4.2  I3C Clock Configuration
            1. 12.1.4.4.2.1 Setting Base Frequencies
            2. 12.1.4.4.2.2 Asymmetric Push-Pull SCL Timing
            3. 12.1.4.4.2.3 Open-Drain SCL Timing
            4. 12.1.4.4.2.4 Changing Programmed Frequencies
          3. 12.1.4.4.3  I3C Interrupt Requests
          4. 12.1.4.4.4  I3C Power Configuration
          5. 12.1.4.4.5  I3C Dynamic Address Management
          6. 12.1.4.4.6  I3C Retaining Registers Space
          7. 12.1.4.4.7  I3C Dynamic Address Assignment Procedure
          8. 12.1.4.4.8  I3C Sending CCC Messages
          9. 12.1.4.4.9  I3C In-Band Interrupt
            1. 12.1.4.4.9.1 Regular I3C Slave In-Band Interrupt
            2. 12.1.4.4.9.2 Current Master Takeover In-Band Interrupt
          10. 12.1.4.4.10 I3C Hot-Join Request
          11. 12.1.4.4.11 I3C Immediate Commands
          12. 12.1.4.4.12 I3C Host Commands
          13. 12.1.4.4.13 I3C Sending Private Data in SDR Messages
            1. 12.1.4.4.13.1 SDR Private Write Message
            2. 12.1.4.4.13.2 SDR Private Read Message
            3. 12.1.4.4.13.3 SDR Payload Length Adjustment
        5. 12.1.4.5 I3C Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.4.5.1 I3C Power-On Programming Model
          2. 12.1.4.5.2 I3C Static Devices Programming
          3. 12.1.4.5.3 I3C DAA Procedure Initiation
          4. 12.1.4.5.4 I3C SDR Write Message Programming Model
          5. 12.1.4.5.5 I3C SDR Read Message Programming Model
          6. 12.1.4.5.6 I3C DDR Write Message Programming Model
          7. 12.1.4.5.7 I3C DDR Read Message Programming Model
        6. 12.1.4.6 I3C Registers
      5. 12.1.5 Multichannel Serial Peripheral Interface (MCSPI)
        1. 12.1.5.1 MCSPI Overview
          1. 12.1.5.1.1 SPI Features
          2. 12.1.5.1.2 MCSPI Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.5.2 MCSPI Environment
          1. 12.1.5.2.1 Basic MCSPI Pins for Master Mode
          2. 12.1.5.2.2 Basic MCSPI Pins for Slave Mode
          3. 12.1.5.2.3 MCSPI Internal Connectivity
          4. 12.1.5.2.4 MCSPI Protocol and Data Format
            1. 12.1.5.2.4.1 Transfer Format
          5. 12.1.5.2.5 MCSPI in Controller Mode
          6. 12.1.5.2.6 MCSPI in Peripheral Mode
        3. 12.1.5.3 MCSPI Integration
          1. 12.1.5.3.1 MCSPI Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.1.5.3.2 MCSPI Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.5.4 MCSPI Functional Description
          1. 12.1.5.4.1 SPI Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.5.4.2 MCSPI Reset
          3. 12.1.5.4.3 MCSPI Controller Mode
            1. 12.1.5.4.3.1 Controller Mode Features
            2. 12.1.5.4.3.2 Controller Transmit-and-Receive Mode (Full Duplex)
            3. 12.1.5.4.3.3 Controller Transmit-Only Mode (Half Duplex)
            4. 12.1.5.4.3.4 Controller Receive-Only Mode (Half Duplex)
            5. 12.1.5.4.3.5 Single-Channel Controller Mode
              1. 12.1.5.4.3.5.1 Programming Tips When Switching to Another Channel
              2. 12.1.5.4.3.5.2 Force SPIEN[i] Mode
              3. 12.1.5.4.3.5.3 Turbo Mode
            6. 12.1.5.4.3.6 Start-Bit Mode
            7. 12.1.5.4.3.7 Chip-Select Timing Control
            8. 12.1.5.4.3.8 Programmable MCSPI Clock (SPICLK)
              1. 12.1.5.4.3.8.1 Clock Ratio Granularity
          4. 12.1.5.4.4 MCSPI Peripheral Mode
            1. 12.1.5.4.4.1 Dedicated Resources
            2. 12.1.5.4.4.2 Peripheral Transmit-and-Receive Mode
            3. 12.1.5.4.4.3 Peripheral Transmit-Only Mode
            4. 12.1.5.4.4.4 Peripheral Receive-Only Mode
          5. 12.1.5.4.5 MCSPI 3-Pin or 4-Pin Mode
          6. 12.1.5.4.6 MCSPI FIFO Buffer Management
            1. 12.1.5.4.6.1 Buffer Almost Full
            2. 12.1.5.4.6.2 Buffer Almost Empty
            3. 12.1.5.4.6.3 End of Transfer Management
            4. 12.1.5.4.6.4 Multiple MCSPI Word Access
            5. 12.1.5.4.6.5 First MCSPI Word Delay
          7. 12.1.5.4.7 MCSPI Interrupts
            1. 12.1.5.4.7.1 Interrupt Events in Controller Mode
              1. 12.1.5.4.7.1.1 TXx_EMPTY
              2. 12.1.5.4.7.1.2 TXx_UNDERFLOW
              3. 12.1.5.4.7.1.3 RXx_ FULL
              4. 12.1.5.4.7.1.4 End Of Word Count
            2. 12.1.5.4.7.2 Interrupt Events in Peripheral Mode
              1. 12.1.5.4.7.2.1 TXx_EMPTY
              2. 12.1.5.4.7.2.2 TXx_UNDERFLOW
              3. 12.1.5.4.7.2.3 RXx_FULL
              4. 12.1.5.4.7.2.4 RX0_OVERFLOW
              5. 12.1.5.4.7.2.5 End Of Word Count
            3. 12.1.5.4.7.3 Interrupt-Driven Operation
            4. 12.1.5.4.7.4 Polling
          8. 12.1.5.4.8 MCSPI DMA Requests
          9. 12.1.5.4.9 MCSPI Power Saving Management
            1. 12.1.5.4.9.1 Normal Mode
            2. 12.1.5.4.9.2 Idle Mode
              1. 12.1.5.4.9.2.1 Force-Idle Mode
        5. 12.1.5.5 MCSPI Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.5.5.1 MCSPI Global Initialization
            1. 12.1.5.5.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
            2. 12.1.5.5.1.2 MCSPI Global Initialization
              1. 12.1.5.5.1.2.1 Main Sequence – MCSPI Global Initialization
          2. 12.1.5.5.2 MCSPI Operational Mode Configuration
            1. 12.1.5.5.2.1 MCSPI Operational Modes
              1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.1 Common Transfer Sequence
              2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.2 End of Transfer Sequences
              3. 12.1.5.5.2.1.3 Transmit-and-Receive (Controller and Peripheral)
              4. 12.1.5.5.2.1.4 Transmit-Only (Controller and Peripheral)
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.4.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.4.2 Based on DMA Write Requests
              5. 12.1.5.5.2.1.5 Controller Normal Receive-Only
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.5.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.5.2 Based on DMA Read Requests
              6. 12.1.5.5.2.1.6 Controller Turbo Receive-Only
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.6.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.6.2 Based on DMA Read Requests
              7. 12.1.5.5.2.1.7 Peripheral Receive-Only
              8. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8 Transfer Procedures With FIFO
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.1 Common Transfer Sequence in FIFO Mode
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.2 End of Transfer Sequences in FIFO Mode
                3. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.3 Transmit-and-Receive With Word Count
                4. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.4 Transmit-and-Receive Without Word Count
                5. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.5 Transmit-Only
                6. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.6 Receive-Only With Word Count
                7. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.7 Receive-Only Without Word Count
              9. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9 Common Transfer Procedures Without FIFO – Polling Method
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9.1 Receive-Only Procedure – Polling Method
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9.2 Receive-Only Procedure – Interrupt Method
                3. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9.3 Transmit-Only Procedure – Polling Method
                4. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9.4 Transmit-and-Receive Procedure – Polling Method
        6. 12.1.5.6 MCSPI Registers
      6. 12.1.6 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
        1. 12.1.6.1 UART Overview
          1. 12.1.6.1.1 UART Features
          2. 12.1.6.1.2 IrDA Features
          3. 12.1.6.1.3 CIR Features
          4. 12.1.6.1.4 UART Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.6.2 UART Environment
          1. 12.1.6.2.1 UART Functional Interfaces
            1. 12.1.6.2.1.1 System Using UART Communication With Hardware Handshake
            2. 12.1.6.2.1.2 UART Interface Description
            3. 12.1.6.2.1.3 UART Protocol and Data Format
            4. 12.1.6.2.1.4 UART 9-bit Mode Data Format
          2. 12.1.6.2.2 RS-485 Functional Interfaces
            1. 12.1.6.2.2.1 System Using RS-485 Communication
            2. 12.1.6.2.2.2 RS-485 Interface Description
          3. 12.1.6.2.3 IrDA Functional Interfaces
            1. 12.1.6.2.3.1 System Using IrDA Communication Protocol
            2. 12.1.6.2.3.2 IrDA Interface Description
            3. 12.1.6.2.3.3 IrDA Protocol and Data Format
              1. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1 SIR Mode
                1. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.1 Frame Format
                2. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.2 Asynchronous Transparency
                3. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.3 Abort Sequence
                4. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.4 Pulse Shaping
                5. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.5 Encoder
                6. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.6 Decoder
                7. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.7 IR Address Checking
              2. 12.1.6.2.3.3.2 SIR Free-Format Mode
              3. 12.1.6.2.3.3.3 MIR Mode
                1. 12.1.6.2.3.3.3.1 MIR Encoder/Decoder
                2. 12.1.6.2.3.3.3.2 SIP Generation
              4. 12.1.6.2.3.3.4 FIR Mode
          4. 12.1.6.2.4 CIR Functional Interfaces
            1. 12.1.6.2.4.1 System Using CIR Communication Protocol With Remote Control
            2. 12.1.6.2.4.2 CIR Interface Description
            3. 12.1.6.2.4.3 CIR Protocol and Data Format
              1. 12.1.6.2.4.3.1 Carrier Modulation
              2. 12.1.6.2.4.3.2 Pulse Duty Cycle
              3. 12.1.6.2.4.3.3 Consumer IR Encoding/Decoding
        3. 12.1.6.3 UART Integration
          1. 12.1.6.3.1 UART Integration in WKUP Domain
          2. 12.1.6.3.2 UART Integration in MCU Domain
          3. 12.1.6.3.3 UART Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.6.4 UART Functional Description
          1. 12.1.6.4.1 UART Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.6.4.2 UART Clock Configuration
          3. 12.1.6.4.3 UART Software Reset
            1. 12.1.6.4.3.1 Independent TX/RX
          4. 12.1.6.4.4 UART Power Management
            1. 12.1.6.4.4.1 UART Mode Power Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.4.1.1 Module Power Saving
              2. 12.1.6.4.4.1.2 System Power Saving
            2. 12.1.6.4.4.2 IrDA Mode Power Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.4.2.1 Module Power Saving
              2. 12.1.6.4.4.2.2 System Power Saving
            3. 12.1.6.4.4.3 CIR Mode Power Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.4.3.1 Module Power Saving
              2. 12.1.6.4.4.3.2 System Power Saving
            4. 12.1.6.4.4.4 Local Power Management
          5. 12.1.6.4.5 UART Interrupt Requests
            1. 12.1.6.4.5.1 UART Mode Interrupt Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.5.1.1 UART Interrupts
              2. 12.1.6.4.5.1.2 Wake-Up Interrupt
            2. 12.1.6.4.5.2 IrDA Mode Interrupt Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.5.2.1 IrDA Interrupts
              2. 12.1.6.4.5.2.2 Wake-Up Interrupts
            3. 12.1.6.4.5.3 CIR Mode Interrupt Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.5.3.1 CIR Interrupts
              2. 12.1.6.4.5.3.2 Wake-Up Interrupts
          6. 12.1.6.4.6 UART FIFO Management
            1. 12.1.6.4.6.1 FIFO Trigger
              1. 12.1.6.4.6.1.1 Transmit FIFO Trigger
              2. 12.1.6.4.6.1.2 Receive FIFO Trigger
            2. 12.1.6.4.6.2 FIFO Interrupt Mode
            3. 12.1.6.4.6.3 FIFO Polled Mode Operation
            4. 12.1.6.4.6.4 FIFO DMA Mode Operation
              1. 12.1.6.4.6.4.1 DMA sequence to disable TX DMA
              2. 12.1.6.4.6.4.2 DMA Transfers (DMA Mode 1, 2, or 3)
              3. 12.1.6.4.6.4.3 DMA Transmission
              4. 12.1.6.4.6.4.4 DMA Reception
          7. 12.1.6.4.7 UART Mode Selection
            1. 12.1.6.4.7.1 Register Access Modes
              1. 12.1.6.4.7.1.1 Operational Mode and Configuration Modes
              2. 12.1.6.4.7.1.2 Register Access Submode
              3. 12.1.6.4.7.1.3 Registers Available for the Register Access Modes
            2. 12.1.6.4.7.2 UART/RS-485/IrDA (SIR, MIR, FIR)/CIR Mode Selection
              1. 12.1.6.4.7.2.1 Registers Available for the UART Function
              2. 12.1.6.4.7.2.2 Registers Available for the IrDA Function
              3. 12.1.6.4.7.2.3 Registers Available for the CIR Function
          8. 12.1.6.4.8 UART Protocol Formatting
            1. 12.1.6.4.8.1 UART Mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.8.1.1 UART Clock Generation: Baud Rate Generation
              2. 12.1.6.4.8.1.2 Choosing the Appropriate Divisor Value
              3. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3 UART Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.1 Frame Formatting
                2. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.2 Hardware Flow Control
                3. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.3 Software Flow Control
                  1. 1.6.4.8.1.3.3.1 Receive (RX)
                  2. 1.6.4.8.1.3.3.2 Transmit (TX)
                4. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.4 Autobauding Modes
                5. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.5 Error Detection
                6. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.6 Overrun During Receive
                7. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.7 Time-Out and Break Conditions
                  1. 1.6.4.8.1.3.7.1 Time-Out Counter
                  2. 1.6.4.8.1.3.7.2 Break Condition
            2. 12.1.6.4.8.2 RS-485 Mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.8.2.1 RS-485 External Transceiver Direction Control
            3. 12.1.6.4.8.3 IrDA Mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.8.3.1 IrDA Clock Generation: Baud Generator
              2. 12.1.6.4.8.3.2 Choosing the Appropriate Divisor Value
              3. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3 IrDA Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.1  IR RX Polarity Control
                2. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.2  IrDA Reception Control
                3. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.3  IR Address Checking
                4. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.4  Frame Closing
                5. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.5  Store and Controlled Transmission
                6. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.6  Error Detection
                7. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.7  Underrun During Transmission
                8. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.8  Overrun During Receive
                9. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.9  Status FIFO
                10. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.10 Multi-drop Parity Mode with Address Match
                11. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.11 Time-guard
              4. 12.1.6.4.8.3.4 SIR Mode Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.4.8.3.4.1 Abort Sequence
                2. 12.1.6.4.8.3.4.2 Pulse Shaping
                3. 12.1.6.4.8.3.4.3 SIR Free Format Programming
              5. 12.1.6.4.8.3.5 MIR and FIR Mode Data Formatting
            4. 12.1.6.4.8.4 CIR Mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.8.4.1 CIR Mode Clock Generation
              2. 12.1.6.4.8.4.2 CIR Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.4.8.4.2.1 IR RX Polarity Control
                2. 12.1.6.4.8.4.2.2 CIR Transmission
                3. 12.1.6.4.8.4.2.3 CIR Reception
        5. 12.1.6.5 UART Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.6.5.1 UART Global Initialization
            1. 12.1.6.5.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
            2. 12.1.6.5.1.2 UART Module Global Initialization
          2. 12.1.6.5.2 UART Mode selection
          3. 12.1.6.5.3 UART Submode selection
          4. 12.1.6.5.4 UART Load FIFO trigger and DMA mode settings
            1. 12.1.6.5.4.1 DMA mode Settings
            2. 12.1.6.5.4.2 FIFO Trigger Settings
          5. 12.1.6.5.5 UART Protocol, Baud rate and interrupt settings
            1. 12.1.6.5.5.1 Baud rate settings
            2. 12.1.6.5.5.2 Interrupt settings
            3. 12.1.6.5.5.3 Protocol settings
            4. 12.1.6.5.5.4 UART/RS-485/IrDA(SIR/MIR/FIR)/CIR
            5. 12.1.6.5.5.5 UART Multi-drop Parity Address Match Mode Configuration
          6. 12.1.6.5.6 UART Hardware and Software Flow Control Configuration
            1. 12.1.6.5.6.1 Hardware Flow Control Configuration
            2. 12.1.6.5.6.2 Software Flow Control Configuration
          7. 12.1.6.5.7 IrDA Programming Model
            1. 12.1.6.5.7.1 SIR mode
              1. 12.1.6.5.7.1.1 Receive
              2. 12.1.6.5.7.1.2 Transmit
            2. 12.1.6.5.7.2 MIR mode
              1. 12.1.6.5.7.2.1 Receive
              2. 12.1.6.5.7.2.2 Transmit
            3. 12.1.6.5.7.3 FIR mode
              1. 12.1.6.5.7.3.1 Receive
              2. 12.1.6.5.7.3.2 Transmit
        6. 12.1.6.6 UART Registers
    2. 12.2 High-speed Serial Interfaces
      1. 12.2.1 Gigabit Ethernet MAC (MCU_CPSW0)
        1. 12.2.1.1 MCU_CPSW0 Overview
          1. 12.2.1.1.1 MCU_CPSW0 Features
          2. 12.2.1.1.2 MCU_CPSW0 Not Supported Features
          3. 12.2.1.1.3 Terminology
        2. 12.2.1.2 MCU_CPSW0 Environment
          1. 12.2.1.2.1 MCU_CPSW0 RMII Interface
          2. 12.2.1.2.2 MCU_CPSW0 RGMII Interface
        3. 12.2.1.3 MCU_CPSW0 Integration
        4. 12.2.1.4 MCU_CPSW0 Functional Description
          1. 12.2.1.4.1 Functional Block Diagram
          2. 12.2.1.4.2 CPSW Ports
            1. 12.2.1.4.2.1 Interface Mode Selection
          3. 12.2.1.4.3 Clocking
            1. 12.2.1.4.3.1 Subsystem Clocking
            2. 12.2.1.4.3.2 Interface Clocking
              1. 12.2.1.4.3.2.1 RGMII Interface Clocking
              2. 12.2.1.4.3.2.2 RMII Interface Clocking
              3. 12.2.1.4.3.2.3 MDIO Clocking
          4. 12.2.1.4.4 Software IDLE
          5. 12.2.1.4.5 Interrupt Functionality
            1. 12.2.1.4.5.1 EVNT_PEND Interrupt
            2. 12.2.1.4.5.2 Statistics Interrupt (STAT_PEND0)
            3. 12.2.1.4.5.3 ECC DED Level Interrupt (ECC_DED_INT)
            4. 12.2.1.4.5.4 ECC SEC Level Interrupt (ECC_SEC_INT)
            5. 12.2.1.4.5.5 MDIO Interrupts
          6. 12.2.1.4.6 CPSW_2G
            1. 12.2.1.4.6.1  Address Lookup Engine (ALE)
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.1  Error Handling
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.1.2  Bypass Operations
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.1.3  OUI Deny or Accept
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.1.4  Statistics Counting
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.1.5  Automotive Security Features
              6. 12.2.1.4.6.1.6  CPSW Switching Solutions
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.6.1 Basics of 2-port Switch Type
              7. 12.2.1.4.6.1.7  VLAN Routing and OAM Operations
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.7.1 InterVLAN Routing
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.1.7.2 OAM Operations
              8. 12.2.1.4.6.1.8  Supervisory packets
              9. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9  Address Table Entry
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.1 Free Table Entry
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.2 Multicast Address Table Entry
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.3 VLAN/Multicast Address Table Entry
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.4 Unicast Address Table Entry
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.5 OUI Unicast Address Table Entry
                6. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.6 VLAN/Unicast Address Table Entry
                7. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.7 VLAN Table Entry
              10. 12.2.1.4.6.1.10 ALE Policing and Classification
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.10.1 ALE Classification
                  1. 2.1.4.6.1.10.1.1 Classifier to CPPI Transmit Flow ID Mapping
              11. 12.2.1.4.6.1.11 DSCP
              12. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12 Packet Forwarding Processes
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12.1 Ingress Filtering Process
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12.2 VLAN_Aware Lookup Process
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12.3 Egress Process
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12.4 Learning/Updating/Touching Processes
                  1. 2.1.4.6.1.12.4.1 Learning Process
                  2. 2.1.4.6.1.12.4.2 Updating Process
                  3. 2.1.4.6.1.12.4.3 Touching Process
              13. 12.2.1.4.6.1.13 VLAN Aware Mode
              14. 12.2.1.4.6.1.14 VLAN Unaware Mode
            2. 12.2.1.4.6.2  Packet Priority Handling
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.2.1 Priority Mapping and Transmit VLAN Priority
            3. 12.2.1.4.6.3  CPPI Port Ingress
            4. 12.2.1.4.6.4  Packet CRC Handling
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.4.1 Transmit VLAN Processing
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.4.1.1 Untagged Packets (No VLAN or Priority Tag Header)
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.4.1.2 Priority Tagged Packets (VLAN VID == 0 && EN_VID0_MODE ==0h)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.4.1.3 VLAN Tagged Packets (VLAN VID != 0 || (EN_VID0_MODE ==1h && VLAN VID ==0))
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.4.2 Ethernet Port Ingress Packet CRC
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.4.3 Ethernet Port Egress Packet CRC
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.4.4 CPPI Port Ingress Packet CRC
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.4.5 CPPI Port Egress Packet CRC
            5. 12.2.1.4.6.5  FIFO Memory Control
            6. 12.2.1.4.6.6  FIFO Transmit Queue Control
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.6.1 CPPI Port Receive Rate Limiting
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.6.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Rate Limiting
            7. 12.2.1.4.6.7  Intersperced Express Traffic (IET – P802.3br/D2.0)
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.7.1 IET Configuration
            8. 12.2.1.4.6.8  Enhanced Scheduled Traffic (EST – P802.1Qbv/D2.2)
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.8.1 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Overview
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.8.2 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch RAM
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.8.3 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Interval
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.8.4 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch Values
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.8.5 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Packet Fill
              6. 12.2.1.4.6.8.6 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Stamp
              7. 12.2.1.4.6.8.7 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Packets Per Priority
            9. 12.2.1.4.6.9  Audio Video Bridging
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.9.1 IEEE 802.1AS: Timing and Synchronization for Time-Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area Networks (Precision Time Protocol (PTP))
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.9.1.1 IEEE 1722: "Layer 2 Transport Protocol for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                  1. 2.1.4.6.9.1.1.1 Cross-timestamping and Presentation Timestamps
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.9.1.2 IEEE 1733: Extends RTCP for RTP Streaming over AVB-supported Networks
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.9.2 IEEE 802.1Qav: "Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Forwarding and Queuing for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.9.2.1 Configuring the Device for 802.1Qav Operation
            10. 12.2.1.4.6.10 Ethernet MAC Sliver
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.10.1 1945
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.10.1.1 1946
                  1. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.1 CRC Insertion
                  2. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.2 MTXER
                  3. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.3 Adaptive Performance Optimization (APO)
                  4. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.4 Inter-Packet-Gap Enforcement
                  5. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.5 Back Off
                  6. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.6 Programmable Transmit Inter-Packet Gap
                  7. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.7 Speed, Duplex and Pause Frame Support Negotiation
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.10.2 RMII Interface
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.10.2.1 Features
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.10.2.2 RMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.10.2.3 RMII Transmit (TX)
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3 RGMII Interface
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.1 Features
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.2 RGMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.3 In-Band Mode of Operation
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.4 Forced Mode of Operation
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.5 RGMII Transmit (TX)
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.10.4 Frame Classification
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.10.5 Receive FIFO Architecture
            11. 12.2.1.4.6.11 Embedded Memories
            12. 12.2.1.4.6.12 Memory Error Detection and Correction
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.12.1 Packet Header ECC
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.12.2 Packet Protect CRC
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.12.3 Aggregator RAM Control
            13. 12.2.1.4.6.13 Ethernet Port Flow Control
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.13.1 Ethernet Receive Flow Control
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.13.1.1 Collision Based Receive Buffer Flow Control
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.13.1.2 IEEE 802.3X Based Receive Flow Control
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.13.2 Flow Control Trigger
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.13.3 Ethernet Transmit Flow Control
            14. 12.2.1.4.6.14 Energy Efficient Ethernet Support (802.3az)
            15. 12.2.1.4.6.15 Ethernet Switch Latency
            16. 12.2.1.4.6.16 MAC Emulation Control
            17. 12.2.1.4.6.17 MAC Command IDLE
            18. 12.2.1.4.6.18 CPSW Network Statistics
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1  Rx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.1  Good Rx Frames (Offset = 3A000h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A200h - Port 1)
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.2  Broadcast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A004h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A204h - Port 1)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.3  Multicast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A008h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A208h - Port 1)
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.4  Pause Rx Frames (Offset = 3A20Ch - Port 1)
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.5  Rx CRC Errors (Offset = 3A010h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A210h - Port 1)
                6. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.6  Rx Align/Code Errors (Offset = 3A214h - Port 1)
                7. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.7  Oversize Rx Frames (Offset = 3A018h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A218h - Port 1)
                8. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.8  Rx Jabbers (Offset = 3A21Ch - Port 1)
                9. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.9  Undersize (Short) Rx Frames (Offset = 3A020h- Port 0 or Offset = 3A220h - Port 1)
                10. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.10 Rx Fragments (Offset = 3A024h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A224h - Port 1)
                11. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.11 RX IPG Error (Offset = 3A25Ch - Port 1)
                12. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.12 ALE Drop (Offset = 3A028h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A228h - Port 1)
                13. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.13 ALE Overrun Drop (Offset = 3A02Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A22Ch - Port 1)
                14. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.14 Rx Octets (Offset = 3A030h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A230h - Port 1)
                15. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.15 Rx Bottom of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A084h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A284h - Port 1)
                16. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.16 Portmask Drop (Offset = 3A088h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A288h - Port 1)
                17. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.17 Rx Top of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A08Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A28Ch - Port 1)
                18. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.18 ALE Rate Limit Drop (Offset = 3A090h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A290h - Port 1)
                19. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.19 ALE VLAN Ingress Check Drop (Offset = 3A094h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A294h - Port 1)
                  1. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.1  ALE DA=SA Drop (Offset = 3A098h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A298h - Port 1)
                  2. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.2  Block Address Drop (Offset = 3A09Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A29Ch - Port 1)
                  3. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.3  ALE Secure Drop (Offset = 3A0A0h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2A0h - Port 1)
                  4. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.4  ALE Authentication Drop (Offset = 3A0A4h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2A4h - Port 1)
                  5. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.5  ALE Unknown Unicast (Offset = 3A0A8h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2A8h - Port 1)
                  6. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.6  ALE Unknown Unicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0ACh - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2ACh - Port 1)
                  7. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.7  ALE Unknown Multicast (Offset = 3A0B0h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2B0h - Port 1)
                  8. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.8  ALE Unknown Multicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0B4h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2B4h - Port 1)
                  9. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.9  ALE Unknown Broadcast (Offset = 3A0B8h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2B8h - Port 1)
                  10. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.10 ALE Unknown Broadcast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0BCh - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2BCh - Port 1)
                  11. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.11 ALE Policer/Classifier Match (Offset = 3A0C0h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2C0h - Port 1)
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.18.2  ALE Policer Match Red (Offset = 3A0C4h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2C4h - Port 1)
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.18.3  ALE Policer Match Yellow (Offset = 3A0C8h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2C8h - Port 1)
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.18.4  IET Receive Assembly Error (Offset = 3A140h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A340h - Port 1)
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.18.5  IET Receive Assembly OK (Offset = 3A144h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A344h - Port 1)
              6. 12.2.1.4.6.18.6  IET Receive SMD Error (Offset = 3A148h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A348h - Port 1)
              7. 12.2.1.4.6.18.7  IET Receive Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A14Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A34Ch - Port 1)
              8. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8  Tx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.1  Good Tx Frames (Offset = 3A034h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A234h - Port 1)
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.2  Broadcast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A038h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A238h - Port 1)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.3  Multicast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A03Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A23Ch - Port 1)
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.4  Pause Tx Frames (Offset = 3A240h - Port 1)
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.5  Deferred Tx Frames (Offset = 3A244h - Port 1)
                6. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.6  Collisions (Offset = 3A248h - Port 1)
                7. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.7  Single Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A24Ch - Port 1)
                8. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.8  Multiple Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A250h - Port 1)
                9. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.9  Excessive Collisions (Offset = 3A254h - Port 1)
                10. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.10 Late Collisions (Offset = 3A258h - Port 1)
                11. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.11 Carrier Sense Errors (Offset = 3A260h - Port 1)
                12. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.12 Tx Octets (Offset = 3A064h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A264h - Port 1 )
                13. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.13 Transmit Priority 0-7 (Offset = 3A380h to 3A3A8h - Port 1)
                14. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.14 Transmit Priority 0-7 Drop (Offset = 3A3C0h to 3A3E8 - Port 1)
                15. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.15 Tx Memory Protect Errors (Offset = 3A17Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A37Ch - Port 1)
                16. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.16 IET Transmit Merge Hold Count (Offset = 3A350h - Port 1)
                17. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.17 IET Transmit Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A154h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A354h - Port 1)
              9. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9  Rx- and Tx (Shared) Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.1 Rx + Tx 64 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A068h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A268h - Port 1)
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.2 Rx + Tx 65–127 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A06Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A26Ch - Port 1)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.3 Rx + Tx 128–255 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A070h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A270h - Port 1)
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.4 Rx + Tx 256–511 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A074h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A274h - Port 1)
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.5 Rx + Tx 512–1023 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A078h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A278h - Port 1)
                6. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.6 Rx + Tx 1024_Up Octet Frames (Offset = 3A07Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A27Ch - Port 1)
                7. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.7 Net Octets (Offset = 3A080h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A280h - Port 1)
              10. 12.2.1.4.6.18.10 2045
          7. 12.2.1.4.7 Common Platform Time Sync (CPTS)
            1. 12.2.1.4.7.1  MCU_CPSW0 CPTS Integration
            2. 12.2.1.4.7.2  CPTS Architecture
            3. 12.2.1.4.7.3  CPTS Initialization
            4. 12.2.1.4.7.4  32-bit Time Stamp Value
            5. 12.2.1.4.7.5  64-bit Time Stamp Value
            6. 12.2.1.4.7.6  64-Bit Timestamp Nudge
            7. 12.2.1.4.7.7  64-bit Timestamp PPM
            8. 12.2.1.4.7.8  Event FIFO
            9. 12.2.1.4.7.9  Timestamp Compare Output
              1. 12.2.1.4.7.9.1 Non-Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              2. 12.2.1.4.7.9.2 Non-Toggle Mode: 64-bit
              3. 12.2.1.4.7.9.3 Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              4. 12.2.1.4.7.9.4 Toggle Mode: 64-bit
            10. 12.2.1.4.7.10 Timestamp Sync Output
            11. 12.2.1.4.7.11 Timestamp GENFn Output
              1. 12.2.1.4.7.11.1 GENFn Nudge
              2. 12.2.1.4.7.11.2 GENFn PPM
            12. 12.2.1.4.7.12 Timestamp ESTFn
            13. 12.2.1.4.7.13 Time Sync Events
              1. 12.2.1.4.7.13.1 Time Stamp Push Event
              2. 12.2.1.4.7.13.2 Time Stamp Counter Rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              3. 12.2.1.4.7.13.3 Time Stamp Counter Half-rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              4. 12.2.1.4.7.13.4 Hardware Time Stamp Push Event
              5. 12.2.1.4.7.13.5 Ethernet Port Events
                1. 12.2.1.4.7.13.5.1 Ethernet Port Receive Event
                2. 12.2.1.4.7.13.5.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Event
                3. 12.2.1.4.7.13.5.3 2073
            14. 12.2.1.4.7.14 Timestamp Compare Event
              1. 12.2.1.4.7.14.1 32-Bit Mode
              2. 12.2.1.4.7.14.2 64-Bit Mode
            15. 12.2.1.4.7.15 Host Transmit Event
            16. 12.2.1.4.7.16 CPTS Interrupt Handling
          8. 12.2.1.4.8 CPPI Streaming Packet Interface
            1. 12.2.1.4.8.1 Port 0 CPPI Transmit Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW_2G Egress)
            2. 12.2.1.4.8.2 Port 0 CPPI Receive Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW_2G Ingress)
            3. 12.2.1.4.8.3 CPPI Checksum Offload
              1. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1 CPPI Transmit Checksum Offload
                1. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1.1 IPV4 UDP
                2. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1.2 IPV4 TCP
                3. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1.3 IPV6 UDP
                4. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1.4 IPV6 TCP
            4. 12.2.1.4.8.4 CPPI Receive Checksum Offload
            5. 12.2.1.4.8.5 Egress Packet Operations
          9. 12.2.1.4.9 MII Management Interface (MDIO)
            1. 12.2.1.4.9.1 MDIO Frame Formats
            2. 12.2.1.4.9.2 MDIO Functional Description
        5. 12.2.1.5 MCU_CPSW0 Programming Guide
          1. 12.2.1.5.1 Initialization and Configuration of CPSW Subsystem
          2. 12.2.1.5.2 CPSW Reset
          3. 12.2.1.5.3 MDIO Software Interface
            1. 12.2.1.5.3.1 Initializing the MDIO Module
            2. 12.2.1.5.3.2 Writing Data To a PHY Register
            3. 12.2.1.5.3.3 Reading Data From a PHY Register
        6. 12.2.1.6 MCU_CPSW0 Registers
          1. 12.2.1.6.1  MCU_CPSW0_NUSS Subsystem (SS) Registers
          2. 12.2.1.6.2  MCU_CPSW0_SGMII Registers
          3. 12.2.1.6.3  MCU_CPSW0_MDIO Registers
          4. 12.2.1.6.4  MCU_CPSW0_CPTS Registers
          5. 12.2.1.6.5  MCU_CPSW0_CONTROL Registers
          6. 12.2.1.6.6  MCU_CPSW0_CPINT Registers
          7. 12.2.1.6.7  MCU_CPSW0_RAM Registers
          8. 12.2.1.6.8  MCU_CPSW0_STAT0 Registers
          9. 12.2.1.6.9  MCU_CPSW0_STAT1 Registers
          10. 12.2.1.6.10 MCU_CPSW0_ALE Registers
          11. 12.2.1.6.11 MCU_CPSW0_ECC Registers
      2. 12.2.2 Gigabit Ethernet Switch (CPSW0)
        1. 12.2.2.1 CPSW0 Overview
          1. 12.2.2.1.1 CPSW0 Features
          2. 12.2.2.1.2 CPSW0 Not Supported Features
          3. 12.2.2.1.3 Terminology
        2. 12.2.2.2 CPSW0 Environment
          1. 12.2.2.2.1 CPSW0 RMII Interface
          2. 12.2.2.2.2 CPSW0 RGMII Interface
        3. 12.2.2.3 CPSW0 Integration
        4. 12.2.2.4 CPSW0 Functional Description
          1. 12.2.2.4.1 Functional Block Diagram
          2. 12.2.2.4.2 CPSW Ports
            1. 12.2.2.4.2.1 Interface Mode Selection
          3. 12.2.2.4.3 Clocking
            1. 12.2.2.4.3.1 Subsystem Clocking
            2. 12.2.2.4.3.2 Interface Clocking
              1. 12.2.2.4.3.2.1 RGMII Interface Clocking
              2. 12.2.2.4.3.2.2 RMII Interface Clocking
              3. 12.2.2.4.3.2.3 MDIO Clocking
          4. 12.2.2.4.4 Software IDLE
          5. 12.2.2.4.5 Interrupt Functionality
            1. 12.2.2.4.5.1 EVNT_PEND Interrupt
            2. 12.2.2.4.5.2 Statistics Interrupt (STAT_PEND0)
            3. 12.2.2.4.5.3 ECC DED Level Interrupt (ECC_DED_INT)
            4. 12.2.2.4.5.4 ECC SEC Level Interrupt (ECC_SEC_INT)
            5. 12.2.2.4.5.5 MDIO Interrupts
          6. 12.2.2.4.6 CPSW_5X
            1. 12.2.2.4.6.1  Address Lookup Engine (ALE)
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.1  Error Handling
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.2  Bypass Operations
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.1.3  OUI Deny or Accept
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.1.4  Statistics Counting
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.1.5  Automotive Security Features
              6. 12.2.2.4.6.1.6  CPSW Switching Solutions
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.6.1 Basics of 5-port Switch Type
              7. 12.2.2.4.6.1.7  VLAN Routing and OAM Operations
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.7.1 InterVLAN Routing
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.7.2 OAM Operations
              8. 12.2.2.4.6.1.8  Supervisory packets
              9. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9  Address Table Entry
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.1  Free Table Entry
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.2  Multicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 0)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.3  Multicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 1)
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.4  VLAN Unicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 0)
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.5  OUI Unicast Address Table Entry
                6. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.6  VLAN/Unicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 0)
                7. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.7  VLAN/ Multicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 1)
                8. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.8  Inner VLAN Table Entry
                9. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.9  Outer VLAN Table Entry
                10. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.10 EtherType Table Entry
                11. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.11 IPv4 Table Entry
                12. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.12 IPv6 Table Entry High
                13. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.13 IPv6 Table Entry Low
              10. 12.2.2.4.6.1.10 Multicast Address
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.10.1 Multicast Ranges
              11. 12.2.2.4.6.1.11 Supervisory Packets
              12. 12.2.2.4.6.1.12 Aging and Auto Aging
              13. 12.2.2.4.6.1.13 ALE Policing and Classification
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.13.1 ALE Policing
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.13.2 Classifier to Host Thread Mapping
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.1.13.3 ALE Classification
                  1. 2.2.4.6.1.13.3.1 Classifier to CPPI Transmit Flow ID Mapping
              14. 12.2.2.4.6.1.14 Mirroring
              15. 12.2.2.4.6.1.15 Trunking
              16. 12.2.2.4.6.1.16 DSCP
              17. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17 Packet Forwarding Processes
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17.1 Ingress Filtering Process
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17.2 VLAN_Aware Lookup Process
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17.3 Egress Process
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17.4 Learning/Updating/Touching Processes
                  1. 2.2.4.6.1.17.4.1 Learning Process
                  2. 2.2.4.6.1.17.4.2 Updating Process
                  3. 2.2.4.6.1.17.4.3 Touching Process
              18. 12.2.2.4.6.1.18 VLAN Aware Mode
              19. 12.2.2.4.6.1.19 VLAN Unaware Mode
            2. 12.2.2.4.6.2  Packet Priority Handling
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.2.1 Priority Mapping and Transmit VLAN Priority
            3. 12.2.2.4.6.3  CPPI Port Ingress
            4. 12.2.2.4.6.4  Packet CRC Handling
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.4.1 Transmit VLAN Processing
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.4.1.1 Untagged Packets (No VLAN or Priority Tag Header)
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.4.1.2 Priority Tagged Packets (VLAN VID == 0 && EN_VID0_MODE ==0h)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.4.1.3 VLAN Tagged Packets (VLAN VID != 0 || (EN_VID0_MODE ==1h && VLAN VID ==0))
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.4.2 Ethernet Port Ingress Packet CRC
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.4.3 Ethernet Port Egress Packet CRC
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.4.4 CPPI Port Ingress Packet CRC
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.4.5 CPPI Port Egress Packet CRC
            5. 12.2.2.4.6.5  FIFO Memory Control
            6. 12.2.2.4.6.6  FIFO Transmit Queue Control
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.6.1 CPPI Port Receive Rate Limiting
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.6.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Rate Limiting
            7. 12.2.2.4.6.7  Intersperced Express Traffic (IET – P802.3br/D2.0)
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.7.1 IET Configuration
            8. 12.2.2.4.6.8  Enhanced Scheduled Traffic (EST – P802.1Qbv/D2.2)
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.8.1 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Overview
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.8.2 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch RAM
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.8.3 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Interval
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.8.4 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch Values
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.8.5 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Packet Fill
              6. 12.2.2.4.6.8.6 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Stamp
            9. 12.2.2.4.6.9  Audio Video Bridging
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.9.1 IEEE 802.1AS: Timing and Synchronization for Time-Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area Networks (Precision Time Protocol (PTP))
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.9.1.1 IEEE 1722: "Layer 2 Transport Protocol for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                  1. 2.2.4.6.9.1.1.1 Cross-timestamping and Presentation Timestamps
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.9.1.2 IEEE 1733: Extends RTCP for RTP Streaming over AVB-supported Networks
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.9.2 IEEE 802.1Qav: "Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Forwarding and Queuing for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.9.2.1 Configuring the Device for 802.1Qav Operation
            10. 12.2.2.4.6.10 Ethernet MAC Sliver
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.10.1  CRC Insertion
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.10.2  MTXER
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.10.3  Adaptive Performance Optimization (APO)
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.10.4  Inter-Packet-Gap Enforcement
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.10.5  Back Off
              6. 12.2.2.4.6.10.6  Programmable Transmit Inter-Packet Gap
              7. 12.2.2.4.6.10.7  Speed, Duplex and Pause Frame Support Negotiation
              8. 12.2.2.4.6.10.8  RMII Interface
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.10.8.1 Features
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.10.8.2 RMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.10.8.3 RMII Transmit (TX)
              9. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9  RGMII Interface
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.1 Features
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.2 RGMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.3 In-Band Mode of Operation
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.4 Forced Mode of Operation
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.5 RGMII Transmit (TX)
              10. 12.2.2.4.6.10.10 Frame Classification
              11. 12.2.2.4.6.10.11 Receive FIFO Architecture
            11. 12.2.2.4.6.11 Embedded Memories
            12. 12.2.2.4.6.12 Memory Error Detection and Correction
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.12.1 Packet Header ECC
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.12.2 Packet Protect CRC
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.12.3 Aggregator RAM Control
            13. 12.2.2.4.6.13 Ethernet Port Flow Control
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.13.1 Ethernet Receive Flow Control
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.13.1.1 Collision Based Receive Buffer Flow Control
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.13.1.2 IEEE 802.3X Based Receive Flow Control
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.13.2 Qbb (10/100/1G/10G) Receive Priority Based Flow Control (PFC)
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.13.3 Ethernet Transmit Flow Control
            14. 12.2.2.4.6.14 PFC Trigger Rules
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.14.1 Destination Based Rule
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.14.2 Sum of Outflows Rule
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.14.3 Sum of Blocks Per Port Rule
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.14.4 Sum of Blocks Total Rule
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.14.5 Top of Receive FIFO Rule
            15. 12.2.2.4.6.15 Energy Efficient Ethernet Support (802.3az)
            16. 12.2.2.4.6.16 Ethernet Switch Latency
            17. 12.2.2.4.6.17 MAC Emulation Control
            18. 12.2.2.4.6.18 MAC Command IDLE
            19. 12.2.2.4.6.19 CPSW Network Statistics
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1  Rx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.1  Good Rx Frames (Offset = 3A000h)
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.2  Broadcast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A004h)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.3  Multicast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A008h)
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.4  Pause Rx Frames (Offset = 3A00Ch)
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.5  Rx CRC Errors (Offset = 3A010h)
                6. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.6  Rx Align/Code Errors (Offset = 3A014h)
                7. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.7  Oversize Rx Frames (Offset = 3A018h)
                8. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.8  Rx Jabbers (Offset = 3A01Ch)
                9. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.9  Undersize (Short) Rx Frames (Offset = 3A020h)
                10. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.10 Rx Fragments (Offset = 3A024h)
                11. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.11 RX IPG Error
                12. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.12 ALE Drop (Offset = 3A028h)
                13. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.13 ALE Overrun Drop (Offset = 3A02Ch)
                14. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.14 Rx Octets (Offset = 3A030h)
                15. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.15 Rx Bottom of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A084h)
                16. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.16 Portmask Drop (Offset = 3A088h)
                17. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.17 Rx Top of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A08Ch)
                18. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.18 ALE Rate Limit Drop (Offset = 3A090h)
                19. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.19 ALE VLAN Ingress Check Drop (Offset = 3A094h)
                  1. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.1  ALE DA=SA Drop (Offset = 3A098h)
                  2. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.2  Block Address Drop (Offset = 3A09Ch)
                  3. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.3  ALE Secure Drop (Offset = 3A0A0h)
                  4. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.4  ALE Authentication Drop (Offset = 3A0A4h)
                  5. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.5  ALE Unknown Unicast (Offset = 3A0A8h)
                  6. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.6  ALE Unknown Unicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0ACh)
                  7. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.7  ALE Unknown Multicast (Offset = 3A0B0h)
                  8. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.8  ALE Unknown Multicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0B4h)
                  9. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.9  ALE Unknown Broadcast (Offset = 3A0B8h)
                  10. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.10 ALE Unknown Broadcast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0BCh)
                  11. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.11 ALE Policer/Classifier Match (Offset = 3A0C0h)
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.19.2  ALE Policer Match Red (Offset = 3A0C4h)
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.19.3  ALE Policer Match Yellow (Offset = 3A0C8h)
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.19.4  IET Receive Assembly Error (Offset = 3A140h)
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.19.5  IET Receive Assembly OK (Offset = 3A144h)
              6. 12.2.2.4.6.19.6  IET Receive SMD Error (Offset = 3A148h)
              7. 12.2.2.4.6.19.7  IET Receive Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A14Ch)
              8. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8  Tx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.1  Good Tx Frames (Offset = 3A034h)
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.2  Broadcast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A038h)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.3  Multicast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A03Ch)
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.4  Pause Tx Frames (Offset = 3A040h)
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.5  Deferred Tx Frames (Offset = 3A044h)
                6. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.6  Collisions (Offset = 3A048h)
                7. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.7  Single Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A04Ch)
                8. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.8  Multiple Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A050h)
                9. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.9  Excessive Collisions (Offset = 3A054h)
                10. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.10 Late Collisions (Offset = 3A058h)
                11. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.11 Carrier Sense Errors (Offset = 3A060h)
                12. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.12 Tx Octets (Offset = 3A064h)
                13. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.13 Transmit Priority 0-7 (Offset = 3A180h to 3A1A8h)
                14. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.14 Transmit Priority 0-7 Drop (Offset = 3A1C0h to 3A1E8h)
                15. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.15 Tx Memory Protect Errors (Offset = 3A17Ch)
                16. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.16 IET Transmit Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A14Ch)
                17. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.17 IET Transmit Merge Hold Count (Offset = 3A150h)
              9. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9  Rx- and Tx (Shared) Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.1 Rx + Tx 64 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A068h)
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.2 Rx + Tx 65–127 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A06Ch)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.3 Rx + Tx 128–255 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A070h)
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.4 Rx + Tx 256–511 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A074h)
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.5 Rx + Tx 512–1023 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A078h)
                6. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.6 Rx + Tx 1024_Up Octet Frames (Offset = 3A07Ch)
                7. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.7 Net Octets (Offset = 3A080h)
              10. 12.2.2.4.6.19.10 2324
          7. 12.2.2.4.7 Common Platform Time Sync (CPTS)
            1. 12.2.2.4.7.1  CPSW0 CPTS Integration
            2. 12.2.2.4.7.2  CPTS Architecture
            3. 12.2.2.4.7.3  CPTS Initialization
            4. 12.2.2.4.7.4  32-bit Time Stamp Value
            5. 12.2.2.4.7.5  64-bit Time Stamp Value
            6. 12.2.2.4.7.6  64-Bit Timestamp Nudge
            7. 12.2.2.4.7.7  64-bit Timestamp PPM
            8. 12.2.2.4.7.8  Event FIFO
            9. 12.2.2.4.7.9  Timestamp Compare Output
              1. 12.2.2.4.7.9.1 Non-Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              2. 12.2.2.4.7.9.2 Non-Toggle Mode: 64-bit
              3. 12.2.2.4.7.9.3 Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              4. 12.2.2.4.7.9.4 Toggle Mode: 64-bit
            10. 12.2.2.4.7.10 Timestamp Sync Output
            11. 12.2.2.4.7.11 Timestamp GENFn Output
              1. 12.2.2.4.7.11.1 GENFn Nudge
              2. 12.2.2.4.7.11.2 GENFn PPM
            12. 12.2.2.4.7.12 Timestamp ESTFn
            13. 12.2.2.4.7.13 Time Sync Events
              1. 12.2.2.4.7.13.1 Time Stamp Push Event
              2. 12.2.2.4.7.13.2 Time Stamp Counter Rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              3. 12.2.2.4.7.13.3 Time Stamp Counter Half-rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              4. 12.2.2.4.7.13.4 Hardware Time Stamp Push Event
              5. 12.2.2.4.7.13.5 Ethernet Port Events
                1. 12.2.2.4.7.13.5.1 Ethernet Port Receive Event
                2. 12.2.2.4.7.13.5.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Event
                3. 12.2.2.4.7.13.5.3 2352
            14. 12.2.2.4.7.14 Timestamp Compare Event
              1. 12.2.2.4.7.14.1 32-Bit Mode
              2. 12.2.2.4.7.14.2 64-Bit Mode
            15. 12.2.2.4.7.15 Host Transmit Event
            16. 12.2.2.4.7.16 CPTS Interrupt Handling
          8. 12.2.2.4.8 CPPI Streaming Packet Interface
            1. 12.2.2.4.8.1 Port 0 CPPI Transmit Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW_5X Egress)
            2. 12.2.2.4.8.2 CPPI Receive Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW Ingress)
            3. 12.2.2.4.8.3 CPPI Checksum Offload
              1. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1 CPPI Transmit Checksum Offload
                1. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1.1 IPV4 UDP
                2. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1.2 IPV4 TCP
                3. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1.3 IPV6 UDP
                4. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1.4 IPV6 TCP
            4. 12.2.2.4.8.4 CPPI Receive Checksum Offload
            5. 12.2.2.4.8.5 Egress Packet Operations
          9. 12.2.2.4.9 MII Management Interface (MDIO)
            1. 12.2.2.4.9.1 MDIO Frame Formats
            2. 12.2.2.4.9.2 MDIO Functional Description
        5. 12.2.2.5 CPSW0 Programming Guide
          1. 12.2.2.5.1 Initialization and Configuration of CPSW Subsystem
          2. 12.2.2.5.2 Ethernet MAC Reset or XGMII/GMII Mode Change Configuration
          3. 12.2.2.5.3 MDIO Software Interface
            1. 12.2.2.5.3.1 Initializing the MDIO Module
            2. 12.2.2.5.3.2 Writing Data To a PHY Register
            3. 12.2.2.5.3.3 Reading Data From a PHY Register
        6. 12.2.2.6 CPSW0 Registers
          1. 12.2.2.6.1  CPSW0_NUSS Subsystem (SS) Registers
          2. 12.2.2.6.2  CPSW0_SGMII Registers
          3. 12.2.2.6.3  CPSW0_MDIO Registers
          4. 12.2.2.6.4  CPSW0_CPTS Registers
          5. 12.2.2.6.5  CPSW0_CONTROL Registers
          6. 12.2.2.6.6  CPSW0_CPINT Registers
          7. 12.2.2.6.7  CPSW0_RAM Registers
          8. 12.2.2.6.8  CPSW0_STAT Registers
          9. 12.2.2.6.9  CPSW0_ALE Registers
          10. 12.2.2.6.10 CPSW0_PCSR Registers
          11. 12.2.2.6.11 CPSW0_ECC Registers
      3. 12.2.3 Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) Subsystem
        1. 12.2.3.1 PCIe Subsystem Overview
          1. 12.2.3.1.1 PCIe Subsystem Features
          2. 12.2.3.1.2 PCIe Subsystem Not Supported Features
        2. 12.2.3.2 PCIe Subsystem Environment
        3. 12.2.3.3 PCIe Subsystem Integration
        4. 12.2.3.4 PCIe Subsystem Functional Description
          1. 12.2.3.4.1  PCIe Subsystem Block Diagram
            1. 12.2.3.4.1.1 PCIe Core Module
            2. 12.2.3.4.1.2 PCIe PHY Interface
            3. 12.2.3.4.1.3 CBA Infrastructure
            4. 12.2.3.4.1.4 VBUSM to AXI Bridges
            5. 12.2.3.4.1.5 AXI to VBUSM Bridges
            6. 12.2.3.4.1.6 VBUSP to APB Bridge
            7. 12.2.3.4.1.7 Custom Logic
          2. 12.2.3.4.2  PCIe Subsystem Reset Schemes
            1. 12.2.3.4.2.1 PCIe Conventional Reset
            2. 12.2.3.4.2.2 PCIe Function Level Reset
            3. 12.2.3.4.2.3 PCIe Reset Isolation
              1. 12.2.3.4.2.3.1 Root Port Reset with Device Not Reset
              2. 12.2.3.4.2.3.2 Device Reset with Root Port Not Reset
              3. 12.2.3.4.2.3.3 End Point Device Reset with Root Port Not Reset
              4. 12.2.3.4.2.3.4 Device Reset with End Point Device Not Reset
            4. 12.2.3.4.2.4 PCIe Reset Limitations
            5. 12.2.3.4.2.5 PCIe Reset Requirements
          3. 12.2.3.4.3  PCIe Subsystem Power Management
            1. 12.2.3.4.3.1 CBA Power Management
          4. 12.2.3.4.4  PCIe Subsystem Interrupts
            1. 12.2.3.4.4.1 Interrupts Aggregation
            2. 12.2.3.4.4.2 Interrupt Generation in EP Mode
              1. 12.2.3.4.4.2.1 Legacy Interrupt Generation in EP Mode
              2. 12.2.3.4.4.2.2 MSI and MSI-X Interrupt Generation
            3. 12.2.3.4.4.3 Interrupt Reception in EP Mode
              1. 12.2.3.4.4.3.1 PCIe Core Downstream Interrupts
              2. 12.2.3.4.4.3.2 PCIe Core Function Level Reset Interrupts
              3. 12.2.3.4.4.3.3 PCIe Core Power Management Event Interrupts
              4. 12.2.3.4.4.3.4 PCIe Core Hot Reset Request Interrupt
              5. 12.2.3.4.4.3.5 PTM Valid Interrupt
            4. 12.2.3.4.4.4 Interrupt Generation in RP Mode
            5. 12.2.3.4.4.5 Interrupt Reception in RP Mode
              1. 12.2.3.4.4.5.1 PCIe Legacy Interrupt Reception in RP Mode
              2. 12.2.3.4.4.5.2 MSI/MSI-X Interrupt Reception in RP Mode
              3. 12.2.3.4.4.5.3 Advanced Error Reporting Interrupt
            6. 12.2.3.4.4.6 Common Interrupt Reception in RP and EP Modes
              1. 12.2.3.4.4.6.1 PCIe Local Interrupt
              2. 12.2.3.4.4.6.2 PHY Interrupt
              3. 12.2.3.4.4.6.3 Link down Interrupt
              4. 12.2.3.4.4.6.4 Transaction Error Interrupts
              5. 12.2.3.4.4.6.5 Power Management Event Interrupt
              6. 12.2.3.4.4.6.6 Active Internal Diagnostics Interrupts
            7. 12.2.3.4.4.7 ECC Aggregator Interrupts
            8. 12.2.3.4.4.8 CPTS Interrupt
          5. 12.2.3.4.5  PCIe Subsystem DMA Support
            1. 12.2.3.4.5.1 PCIe DMA Support in RP Mode
            2. 12.2.3.4.5.2 PCIe DMA Support in EP Mode
          6. 12.2.3.4.6  PCIe Subsystem Transactions
            1. 12.2.3.4.6.1 PCIe Supported Transactions
            2. 12.2.3.4.6.2 PCIe Transaction Limitations
          7. 12.2.3.4.7  PCIe Subsystem Address Translation
            1. 12.2.3.4.7.1 PCIe Inbound Address Translation
              1. 12.2.3.4.7.1.1 Root Port Inbound PCIe to AXI Address Translation
              2. 12.2.3.4.7.1.2 End Point Inbound PCIe to AXI Address Translation
            2. 12.2.3.4.7.2 PCIe Outbound Address Translation
              1. 12.2.3.4.7.2.1 PCIe Outbound Address Translation Bypass
          8. 12.2.3.4.8  PCIe Subsystem Virtualization Support
            1. 12.2.3.4.8.1 End Point SR-IOV Support
            2. 12.2.3.4.8.2 Root Port ATS Support
            3. 12.2.3.4.8.3 VirtID Mapping
          9. 12.2.3.4.9  PCIe Subsystem Quality-of-Service (QoS)
          10. 12.2.3.4.10 PCIe Subsystem Precision Time Measurement (PTM)
          11. 12.2.3.4.11 PCIe Subsystem Loopback
            1. 12.2.3.4.11.1 PCIe PIPE Loopback
              1. 12.2.3.4.11.1.1 PIPE Loopback Master Mode
              2. 12.2.3.4.11.1.2 PIPE Loopback Slave Mode
          12. 12.2.3.4.12 PCIe Subsystem Error Handling
            1. 12.2.3.4.12.1 PCIe AXI to/from VBUSM Bus Error Mapping
          13. 12.2.3.4.13 PCIe Subsystem Internal Diagnostics Features
            1. 12.2.3.4.13.1 PCIe Parity
            2. 12.2.3.4.13.2 ECC Aggregators
            3. 12.2.3.4.13.3 RAM ECC Inversion
          14. 12.2.3.4.14 LTSSM State Encoding
        5. 12.2.3.5 PCIe Subsystem Registers
          1. 12.2.3.5.1  PCIE_CORE_EP_PF Registers
          2. 12.2.3.5.2  PCIE_CORE_EP_VF Registers
          3. 12.2.3.5.3  PCIE_CORE_RP Registers
          4. 12.2.3.5.4  PCIE_CORE_LM Registers
          5. 12.2.3.5.5  PCIE_CORE_AXI Registers
          6. 12.2.3.5.6  PCIE_INTD Registers
          7. 12.2.3.5.7  PCIE_VMAP Registers
          8. 12.2.3.5.8  PCIE_CPTS Registers
          9. 12.2.3.5.9  PCIE_USER_CFG Registers
          10. 12.2.3.5.10 PCIE_ECC_AGGR0 Registers
          11. 12.2.3.5.11 PCIE_ECC_AGGR1 Registers
          12. 12.2.3.5.12 PCIE_DAT0 Registers
          13. 12.2.3.5.13 PCIE_DAT1 Registers
      4. 12.2.4 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Subsystem
        1. 12.2.4.1 USB Overview
          1. 12.2.4.1.1 USB Features
          2. 12.2.4.1.2 USB Not Supported Features
          3. 12.2.4.1.3 USB Terminology
        2. 12.2.4.2 USB Environment
        3. 12.2.4.3 USB Integration
        4. 12.2.4.4 USB Functional Description
          1. 12.2.4.4.1 USB Type-C Connector Support
          2. 12.2.4.4.2 USB Controller Reset
          3. 12.2.4.4.3 Overcurrent Detection
          4. 12.2.4.4.4 Top-Level Initialization Sequence
        5. 12.2.4.5 USB Registers
          1. 12.2.4.5.1 USB3P0SS_MMR_MMRVBP_USBSS_CMN Registers
          2. 12.2.4.5.2 USB_ECC_AGGR_CFG Registers
          3. 12.2.4.5.3 USB_RAMS_INJ_CFG Registers
      5. 12.2.5 Serializer/Deserializer (SerDes)
        1. 12.2.5.1 SerDes Overview
          1. 12.2.5.1.1 SerDes Features
          2. 12.2.5.1.2 Industry Standards Compatibility
        2. 12.2.5.2 SerDes Environment
          1. 12.2.5.2.1 SerDes I/Os
        3. 12.2.5.3 SerDes Integration
          1. 12.2.5.3.1 WIZ Settings
            1. 12.2.5.3.1.1 Interface Selection
            2. 12.2.5.3.1.2 Reference Clock Distribution
            3. 12.2.5.3.1.3 Internal Reference Clock Selection
        4. 12.2.5.4 SerDes Functional Description
          1. 12.2.5.4.1 SerDes Block Diagram
          2. 12.2.5.4.2 SerDes Programming Guide
    3. 12.3 Memory Interfaces
      1. 12.3.1 Flash Subsystem (FSS)
        1. 12.3.1.1 FSS Overview
          1. 12.3.1.1.1 FSS Features
          2. 12.3.1.1.2 FSS Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.1.2 FSS Environment
          1. 12.3.1.2.1 FSS Typical Application
        3. 12.3.1.3 FSS Integration
          1. 12.3.1.3.1 FSS Integration in MCU Domain
        4. 12.3.1.4 FSS Functional Description
          1. 12.3.1.4.1 FSS Block Diagram
          2. 12.3.1.4.2 FSS ECC Support
            1. 12.3.1.4.2.1 FSS ECC Calculation
          3. 12.3.1.4.3 FSS Modes of Operation
          4. 12.3.1.4.4 FSS Regions
            1. 12.3.1.4.4.1 FSS Regions Boot Size Configuration
          5. 12.3.1.4.5 FSS Memory Regions
        5. 12.3.1.5 FSS Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.1.5.1 FSS Initialization Sequence
          2. 12.3.1.5.2 FSS Real-Time Operation
          3. 12.3.1.5.3 FSS Power Up/Down Sequence
        6. 12.3.1.6 FSS Registers
      2. 12.3.2 Octal Serial Peripheral Interface (OSPI)
        1. 12.3.2.1 OSPI Overview
          1. 12.3.2.1.1 OSPI Features
          2. 12.3.2.1.2 OSPI Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.2.2 OSPI Environment
        3. 12.3.2.3 OSPI Integration
          1. 12.3.2.3.1 OSPI Integration in MCU Domain
        4. 12.3.2.4 OSPI Functional Description
          1. 12.3.2.4.1  OSPI Block Diagram
            1. 12.3.2.4.1.1 Data Target Interface
            2. 12.3.2.4.1.2 Configuration Target Interface
            3. 12.3.2.4.1.3 OSPI Clock Domains
          2. 12.3.2.4.2  OSPI Modes
            1. 12.3.2.4.2.1 Read Data Capture
              1. 12.3.2.4.2.1.1 Mechanisms of Data Capturing
              2. 12.3.2.4.2.1.2 Data Capturing Mechanism Using Taps
              3. 12.3.2.4.2.1.3 Data Capturing Mechanism Using PHY Module
            2. 12.3.2.4.2.2 External Pull Down on DQS
          3. 12.3.2.4.3  OSPI Power Management
          4. 12.3.2.4.4  Auto HW Polling
          5. 12.3.2.4.5  Flash Reset
          6. 12.3.2.4.6  OSPI Memory Regions
          7. 12.3.2.4.7  OSPI Interrupt Requests
          8. 12.3.2.4.8  OSPI Data Interface
            1. 12.3.2.4.8.1 Data Interface Address Remapping
            2. 12.3.2.4.8.2 Write Protection
            3. 12.3.2.4.8.3 Access Forwarding
          9. 12.3.2.4.9  OSPI Direct Access Controller (DAC)
          10. 12.3.2.4.10 OSPI Indirect Access Controller (INDAC)
            1. 12.3.2.4.10.1 Indirect Read Controller
              1. 12.3.2.4.10.1.1 Indirect Read Transfer Process
            2. 12.3.2.4.10.2 Indirect Write Controller
              1. 12.3.2.4.10.2.1 Indirect Write Transfer Process
            3. 12.3.2.4.10.3 Indirect Access Queuing
            4. 12.3.2.4.10.4 Consecutive Writes and Reads Using Indirect Transfers
            5. 12.3.2.4.10.5 Accessing the SRAM
          11. 12.3.2.4.11 OSPI Software-Triggered Instruction Generator (STIG)
            1. 12.3.2.4.11.1 Servicing a STIG Request
            2. 12.3.2.4.11.2 2576
          12. 12.3.2.4.12 OSPI Arbitration Between Direct / Indirect Access Controller and STIG
          13. 12.3.2.4.13 OSPI Command Translation
          14. 12.3.2.4.14 Selecting the Flash Instruction Type
          15. 12.3.2.4.15 OSPI Data Integrity
          16. 12.3.2.4.16 OSPI PHY Module
            1. 12.3.2.4.16.1 PHY Pipeline Mode
            2. 12.3.2.4.16.2 Read Data Capturing by the PHY Module
        5. 12.3.2.5 OSPI Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.2.5.1 Configuring the OSPI Controller for Use After Reset
          2. 12.3.2.5.2 Configuring the OSPI Controller for Optimal Use
          3. 12.3.2.5.3 Using the Flash Command Control Register (STIG Operation)
          4. 12.3.2.5.4 Using SPI Legacy Mode
          5. 12.3.2.5.5 Entering XIP Mode from POR
          6. 12.3.2.5.6 Entering XIP Mode Otherwise
          7. 12.3.2.5.7 Exiting XIP Mode
        6. 12.3.2.6 OSPI Registers
      3. 12.3.3 HyperBus Interface
        1. 12.3.3.1 HyperBus Overview
          1. 12.3.3.1.1 HyperBus Features
          2. 12.3.3.1.2 HyperBus Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.3.2 HyperBus Environment
        3. 12.3.3.3 HyperBus Integration
          1. 12.3.3.3.1 HyperBus Integration in MCU Domain
        4. 12.3.3.4 HyperBus Functional Description
          1. 12.3.3.4.1 HyperBus Interrupts
          2. 12.3.3.4.2 HyperBus ECC Support
            1. 12.3.3.4.2.1 ECC Aggregator
          3. 12.3.3.4.3 HyperBus Internal FIFOs
          4. 12.3.3.4.4 HyperBus Data Regions
          5. 12.3.3.4.5 HyperBus True Continuous Read (TCR) Mode
        5. 12.3.3.5 HyperBus Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.3.5.1 HyperBus Initialization Sequence
            1. 12.3.3.5.1.1 HyperFlash Access
            2. 12.3.3.5.1.2 HyperRAM Access
          2. 12.3.3.5.2 HyperBus Real-time Operating Requirements
          3. 12.3.3.5.3 HyperBus Power Up/Down Sequence
        6. 12.3.3.6 HyperBus Registers
      4. 12.3.4 General-Purpose Memory Controller (GPMC)
        1. 12.3.4.1 GPMC Overview
          1. 12.3.4.1.1 GPMC Features
          2. 12.3.4.1.2 GPMC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.4.2 GPMC Environment
          1. 12.3.4.2.1 GPMC Modes
          2. 12.3.4.2.2 GPMC I/O Signals
        3. 12.3.4.3 GPMC Integration
          1. 12.3.4.3.1 GPMC Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.3.4.4 GPMC Functional Description
          1. 12.3.4.4.1  GPMC Block Diagram
          2. 12.3.4.4.2  GPMC Clock Configuration
          3. 12.3.4.4.3  GPMC Power Management
          4. 12.3.4.4.4  GPMC Interrupt Requests
          5. 12.3.4.4.5  GPMC Interconnect Port Interface
          6. 12.3.4.4.6  GPMC Address and Data Bus
            1. 12.3.4.4.6.1 GPMC I/O Configuration Setting
          7. 12.3.4.4.7  GPMC Address Decoder and Chip-Select Configuration
            1. 12.3.4.4.7.1 Chip-Select Base Address and Region Size
            2. 12.3.4.4.7.2 Access Protocol
              1. 12.3.4.4.7.2.1 Supported Devices
              2. 12.3.4.4.7.2.2 Access Size Adaptation and Device Width
              3. 12.3.4.4.7.2.3 Address/Data-Multiplexing Interface
            3. 12.3.4.4.7.3 External Signals
              1. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1 WAIT Pin Monitoring Control
                1. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.1 Wait Monitoring During Asynchronous Read Access
                2. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.2 Wait Monitoring During Asynchronous Write Access
                3. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.3 Wait Monitoring During Synchronous Read Access
                4. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.4 Wait Monitoring During Synchronous Write Access
                5. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.5 Wait With NAND Device
                6. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.6 Idle Cycle Control Between Successive Accesses
                  1. 3.4.4.7.3.1.6.1 Bus Turnaround (BUSTURNAROUND)
                  2. 3.4.4.7.3.1.6.2 Idle Cycles Between Accesses to Same Chip-Select (CYCLE2CYCLESAMECSEN, CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY)
                  3. 3.4.4.7.3.1.6.3 Idle Cycles Between Accesses to Different Chip-Select (CYCLE2CYCLEDIFFCSEN, CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY)
                7. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.7 Slow Device Support (TIMEPARAGRANULARITY Parameter)
              2. 12.3.4.4.7.3.2 DIR Pin
              3. 12.3.4.4.7.3.3 Reset
              4. 12.3.4.4.7.3.4 Write Protect Signal (nWP)
              5. 12.3.4.4.7.3.5 Byte Enable (nBE1/nBE0)
            4. 12.3.4.4.7.4 Error Handling
          8. 12.3.4.4.8  GPMC Timing Setting
            1. 12.3.4.4.8.1  Read Cycle Time and Write Cycle Time (RDCYCLETIME / WRCYCLETIME)
            2. 12.3.4.4.8.2  nCS: Chip-Select Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (CSONTIME / CSRDOFFTIME / CSWROFFTIME / CSEXTRADELAY)
            3. 12.3.4.4.8.3  nADV/ALE: Address Valid/Address Latch Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (ADVONTIME / ADVRDOFFTIME / ADVWROFFTIME / ADVEXTRADELAY/ADVAADMUXONTIME/ADVAADMUXRDOFFTIME/ADVAADMUXWROFFTIME)
            4. 12.3.4.4.8.4  nOE/nRE: Output Enable/Read Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (OEONTIME / OEOFFTIME / OEEXTRADELAY / OEAADMUXONTIME / OEAADMUXOFFTIME)
            5. 12.3.4.4.8.5  nWE: Write Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (WEONTIME / WEOFFTIME / WEEXTRADELAY)
            6. 12.3.4.4.8.6  GPMC_CLKOUT
            7. 12.3.4.4.8.7  GPMC Output Clock and Control Signals Setup and Hold
            8. 12.3.4.4.8.8  Access Time (RDACCESSTIME / WRACCESSTIME)
              1. 12.3.4.4.8.8.1 Access Time on Read Access
              2. 12.3.4.4.8.8.2 Access Time on Write Access
            9. 12.3.4.4.8.9  Page Burst Access Time (PAGEBURSTACCESSTIME)
              1. 12.3.4.4.8.9.1 Page Burst Access Time on Read Access
              2. 12.3.4.4.8.9.2 Page Burst Access Time on Write Access
            10. 12.3.4.4.8.10 Bus Keeping Support
          9. 12.3.4.4.9  GPMC NOR Access Description
            1. 12.3.4.4.9.1 Asynchronous Access Description
              1. 12.3.4.4.9.1.1 Access on Address/Data Multiplexed Devices
                1. 12.3.4.4.9.1.1.1 Asynchronous Single-Read Operation on an Address/Data Multiplexed Device
                2. 12.3.4.4.9.1.1.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on an Address/Data-Multiplexed Device
                3. 12.3.4.4.9.1.1.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page) Write Operation on an Address/Data-Multiplexed Device
              2. 12.3.4.4.9.1.2 Access on Address/Address/Data-Multiplexed Devices
                1. 12.3.4.4.9.1.2.1 Asynchronous Single Read Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
                2. 12.3.4.4.9.1.2.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
                3. 12.3.4.4.9.1.2.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page) Read Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
            2. 12.3.4.4.9.2 Synchronous Access Description
              1. 12.3.4.4.9.2.1 Synchronous Single Read
              2. 12.3.4.4.9.2.2 Synchronous Multiple (Burst) Read (4-, 8-, 16-Word16 Burst With Wraparound Capability)
              3. 12.3.4.4.9.2.3 Synchronous Single Write
              4. 12.3.4.4.9.2.4 Synchronous Multiple (Burst) Write
            3. 12.3.4.4.9.3 Asynchronous and Synchronous Accesses in non-multiplexed Mode
              1. 12.3.4.4.9.3.1 Asynchronous Single-Read Operation on non-multiplexed Device
              2. 12.3.4.4.9.3.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on non-multiplexed Device
              3. 12.3.4.4.9.3.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page Mode) Read Operation on non-multiplexed Device
              4. 12.3.4.4.9.3.4 Synchronous Operations on a non-multiplexed Device
            4. 12.3.4.4.9.4 Page and Burst Support
            5. 12.3.4.4.9.5 System Burst vs External Device Burst Support
          10. 12.3.4.4.10 GPMC pSRAM Access Specificities
          11. 12.3.4.4.11 GPMC NAND Access Description
            1. 12.3.4.4.11.1 NAND Memory Device in Byte or 16-bit Word Stream Mode
              1. 12.3.4.4.11.1.1 Chip-Select Configuration for NAND Interfacing in Byte or Word Stream Mode
              2. 12.3.4.4.11.1.2 NAND Device Command and Address Phase Control
              3. 12.3.4.4.11.1.3 Command Latch Cycle
              4. 12.3.4.4.11.1.4 Address Latch Cycle
              5. 12.3.4.4.11.1.5 NAND Device Data Read and Write Phase Control in Stream Mode
              6. 12.3.4.4.11.1.6 NAND Device General Chip-Select Timing Control Requirement
              7. 12.3.4.4.11.1.7 Read and Write Access Size Adaptation
                1. 12.3.4.4.11.1.7.1 8-Bit-Wide NAND Device
                2. 12.3.4.4.11.1.7.2 16-Bit-Wide NAND Device
            2. 12.3.4.4.11.2 NAND Device-Ready Pin
              1. 12.3.4.4.11.2.1 Ready Pin Monitored by Software Polling
              2. 12.3.4.4.11.2.2 Ready Pin Monitored by Hardware Interrupt
            3. 12.3.4.4.11.3 ECC Calculator
              1. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1 Hamming Code
                1. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.1 ECC Result Register and ECC Computation Accumulation Size
                2. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.2 ECC Enabling
                3. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.3 ECC Computation
                4. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.4 ECC Comparison and Correction
                5. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.5 ECC Calculation Based on 8-Bit Word
                6. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.6 ECC Calculation Based on 16-Bit Word
              2. 12.3.4.4.11.3.2 BCH Code
                1. 12.3.4.4.11.3.2.1 Requirements
                2. 12.3.4.4.11.3.2.2 Memory Mapping of BCH Codeword
                  1. 3.4.4.11.3.2.2.1 Memory Mapping of Data Message
                  2. 3.4.4.11.3.2.2.2 Memory-Mapping of the ECC
                  3. 3.4.4.11.3.2.2.3 Wrapping Modes
                    1. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.1  Manual Mode (0x0)
                    2. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.2  Mode 0x1
                    3. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.3  Mode 0xA (10)
                    4. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.4  Mode 0x2
                    5. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.5  Mode 0x3
                    6. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.6  Mode 0x7
                    7. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.7  Mode 0x8
                    8. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.8  Mode 0x4
                    9. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.9  Mode 0x9
                    10. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.10 Mode 0x5
                    11. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.11 Mode 0xB (11)
                    12. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.12 Mode 0x6
                3. 12.3.4.4.11.3.2.3 Supported NAND Page Mappings and ECC Schemes
                  1. 3.4.4.11.3.2.3.1 Per-Sector Spare Mappings
                  2. 3.4.4.11.3.2.3.2 Pooled Spare Mapping
                  3. 3.4.4.11.3.2.3.3 Per-Sector Spare Mapping, with ECC Separated at the End of the Page
            4. 12.3.4.4.11.4 Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine
              1. 12.3.4.4.11.4.1 General Facts About the Engine Configuration
              2. 12.3.4.4.11.4.2 Prefetch Mode
              3. 12.3.4.4.11.4.3 FIFO Control in Prefetch Mode
              4. 12.3.4.4.11.4.4 Write-Posting Mode
              5. 12.3.4.4.11.4.5 FIFO Control in Write-Posting Mode
              6. 12.3.4.4.11.4.6 Optimizing NAND Access Using the Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine
              7. 12.3.4.4.11.4.7 Interleaved Accesses Between Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine and Other Chip-Selects
          12. 12.3.4.4.12 GPMC Use Cases and Tips
            1. 12.3.4.4.12.1 How to Set GPMC Timing Parameters for Typical Accesses
              1. 12.3.4.4.12.1.1 External Memory Attached to the GPMC Module
              2. 12.3.4.4.12.1.2 Typical GPMC Setup
                1. 12.3.4.4.12.1.2.1 GPMC Configuration for Synchronous Burst Read Access
                2. 12.3.4.4.12.1.2.2 GPMC Configuration for Asynchronous Read Access
                3. 12.3.4.4.12.1.2.3 GPMC Configuration for Asynchronous Single Write Access
            2. 12.3.4.4.12.2 How to Choose a Suitable Memory to Use With the GPMC
              1. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1 Supported Memories or Devices
                1. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1.1 Memory Pin Multiplexing
                2. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1.2 NAND Interface Protocol
                3. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1.3 NOR Interface Protocol
                4. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1.4 Other Technologies
        5. 12.3.4.5 GPMC Basic Programming Model
          1. 12.3.4.5.1 GPMC High-Level Programming Model Overview
          2. 12.3.4.5.2 GPMC Initialization
          3. 12.3.4.5.3 GPMC Configuration in NOR Mode
          4. 12.3.4.5.4 GPMC Configuration in NAND Mode
          5. 12.3.4.5.5 Set Memory Access
          6. 12.3.4.5.6 GPMC Timing Parameters
            1. 12.3.4.5.6.1 GPMC Timing Parameters Formulas
              1. 12.3.4.5.6.1.1 NAND Flash Interface Timing Parameters Formulas
              2. 12.3.4.5.6.1.2 Synchronous NOR Flash Timing Parameters Formulas
              3. 12.3.4.5.6.1.3 Asynchronous NOR Flash Timing Parameters Formulas
        6. 12.3.4.6 GPMC Registers
      5. 12.3.5 Error Location Module (ELM)
        1. 12.3.5.1 ELM Overview
          1. 12.3.5.1.1 ELM Features
          2. 12.3.5.1.2 ELM Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.5.2 ELM Integration
          1. 12.3.5.2.1 ELM Integration in MAIN Domain
        3. 12.3.5.3 ELM Functional Description
          1. 12.3.5.3.1 ELM Software Reset
          2. 12.3.5.3.2 ELM Power Management
          3. 12.3.5.3.3 ELM Interrupt Requests
          4. 12.3.5.3.4 ELM Processing Initialization
          5. 12.3.5.3.5 ELM Processing Sequence
          6. 12.3.5.3.6 ELM Processing Completion
        4. 12.3.5.4 ELM Basic Programming Model
          1. 12.3.5.4.1 ELM Low-Level Programming Model
            1. 12.3.5.4.1.1 Processing Initialization
            2. 12.3.5.4.1.2 Read Results
            3. 12.3.5.4.1.3 2786
          2. 12.3.5.4.2 Use Case: ELM Used in Continuous Mode
          3. 12.3.5.4.3 Use Case: ELM Used in Page Mode
        5. 12.3.5.5 ELM Registers
      6. 12.3.6 Multi-Media Card Secure Digital (MMCSD) Interface
        1. 12.3.6.1 MMCSD Overview
          1. 12.3.6.1.1 MMCSD Features
          2. 12.3.6.1.2 MMCSD Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.6.2 MMCSD Environment
          1. 12.3.6.2.1 Protocol and Data Format
            1. 12.3.6.2.1.1 Protocol
            2. 12.3.6.2.1.2 Data Format
              1. 12.3.6.2.1.2.1 Coding Scheme for Command Token
              2. 12.3.6.2.1.2.2 Coding Scheme for Response Token
              3. 12.3.6.2.1.2.3 Coding Scheme for Data Token
        3. 12.3.6.3 MMCSD Integration
          1. 12.3.6.3.1 MMCSD Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.3.6.4 MMCSD Functional Description
          1. 12.3.6.4.1 Block Diagram
          2. 12.3.6.4.2 Memory Regions
          3. 12.3.6.4.3 Interrupt Requests
          4. 12.3.6.4.4 ECC Support
            1. 12.3.6.4.4.1 ECC Aggregator
          5. 12.3.6.4.5 Advanced DMA
          6. 12.3.6.4.6 eMMC PHY BIST
            1. 12.3.6.4.6.1 BIST Overview
            2. 12.3.6.4.6.2 BIST Modes
              1. 12.3.6.4.6.2.1 DS Mode
              2. 12.3.6.4.6.2.2 HS Mode with TXDLY using DLL
              3. 12.3.6.4.6.2.3 HS Mode with TXDLY using Delay Chain
              4. 12.3.6.4.6.2.4 DDR50 Mode with TXDLY using DLL
              5. 12.3.6.4.6.2.5 DDR50 Mode with TXDLY using Delay Chain
              6. 12.3.6.4.6.2.6 HS200 Mode with TX/RXDLY using DLL
              7. 12.3.6.4.6.2.7 HS200 Mode with TX/RXDLY using Delay Chain
              8. 12.3.6.4.6.2.8 HS400 Mode
            3. 12.3.6.4.6.3 BIST Functionality
            4. 12.3.6.4.6.4 Signal Interface
            5. 12.3.6.4.6.5 Programming Flow
              1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.1 DS Mode
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.1.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.1.2 BIST Programming
              2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.2 HS Mode with DLY_CHAIN
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.2.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.2.2 BIST Programming
              3. 12.3.6.4.6.5.3 HS Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.3.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.3.2 BIST Programming
              4. 12.3.6.4.6.5.4 DDR52 Mode with DLY_CHAIN
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.4.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.4.2 BIST Programming
              5. 12.3.6.4.6.5.5 DDR52 Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.5.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.5.2 BIST Programming
              6. 12.3.6.4.6.5.6 HS200 Mode with DLY_CHAIN
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.6.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.6.2 BIST Programming
              7. 12.3.6.4.6.5.7 HS200 Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.7.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.7.2 BIST Programming
              8. 12.3.6.4.6.5.8 HS400 Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.8.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.8.2 BIST Programming
            6. 12.3.6.4.6.6 HS200 BIST Result Check Procedure
        5. 12.3.6.5 MMCSD Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.6.5.1 Sequences
            1. 12.3.6.5.1.1  SD Card Detection
            2. 12.3.6.5.1.2  SD Clock Control
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.2.1 Internal Clock Setup Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.2.2 SD Clock Supply and Stop Sequence
              3. 12.3.6.5.1.2.3 SD Clock Frequency Change Sequence
            3. 12.3.6.5.1.3  SD Bus Power Control
            4. 12.3.6.5.1.4  Changing Bus Width
            5. 12.3.6.5.1.5  Timeout Setting on DAT Line
            6. 12.3.6.5.1.6  Card Initialization and Identification (for SD I/F)
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.6.1 Signal Voltage Switch Procedure (for UHS-I)
            7. 12.3.6.5.1.7  SD Transaction Generation
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.7.1 Transaction Control without Data Transfer Using DAT Line
                1. 12.3.6.5.1.7.1.1 The Sequence to Issue a SD Command
                2. 12.3.6.5.1.7.1.2 The Sequence to Finalize a Command
                3. 12.3.6.5.1.7.1.3 2865
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.7.2 Transaction Control with Data Transfer Using DAT Line
                1. 12.3.6.5.1.7.2.1 Not using DMA
                2. 12.3.6.5.1.7.2.2 Using SDMA
                3. 12.3.6.5.1.7.2.3 Using ADMA
            8. 12.3.6.5.1.8  Abort Transaction
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.8.1 Asynchronous Abort
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.8.2 Synchronous Abort
            9. 12.3.6.5.1.9  Changing Bus Speed Mode
            10. 12.3.6.5.1.10 Error Recovery
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.10.1 Error Interrupt Recovery
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.10.2 Auto CMD12 Error Recovery
            11. 12.3.6.5.1.11 Wakeup Control (Optional)
            12. 12.3.6.5.1.12 Suspend/Resume (Optional, Not Supported from Version 4.00)
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.12.1 Suspend Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.12.2 Resume Sequence
              3. 12.3.6.5.1.12.3 Stop At Block Gap/Continue Timing for Read Transaction
              4. 12.3.6.5.1.12.4 Stop At Block Gap/Continue Timing for Write Transaction
          2. 12.3.6.5.2 Driver Flow Sequence
            1. 12.3.6.5.2.1 Host Controller Setup and Card Detection
              1. 12.3.6.5.2.1.1 Host Controller Setup Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.5.2.1.2 Card Interface Detection Sequence
            2. 12.3.6.5.2.2 Boot Operation
              1. 12.3.6.5.2.2.1 Normal Boot Operation: (For Legacy eMMC 5.0)
              2. 12.3.6.5.2.2.2 Alternate Boot Operation (For Legacy eMMC 5.0):
              3. 12.3.6.5.2.2.3 Boot Code Chunk Read Operation (For Legacy eMMC 5.0):
            3. 12.3.6.5.2.3 Retuning procedure (For Legacy Interface)
              1. 12.3.6.5.2.3.1 Sampling Clock Tuning
              2. 12.3.6.5.2.3.2 Tuning Modes
              3. 12.3.6.5.2.3.3 Re-Tuning Mode 2
            4. 12.3.6.5.2.4 Command Queuing Driver Flow Sequence
              1. 12.3.6.5.2.4.1 Command Queuing Initialization Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.5.2.4.2 Task Issuance Sequence
              3. 12.3.6.5.2.4.3 Task Execution and Completion Sequence
              4. 12.3.6.5.2.4.4 Task Discard and Clear Sequence
              5. 12.3.6.5.2.4.5 Error Detect and Recovery when CQ is enabled
        6. 12.3.6.6 MMCSD Registers
          1. 12.3.6.6.1 MMCSD0 Subsystem Registers
          2. 12.3.6.6.2 MMCSD0 RX RAM ECC Aggregator Registers
          3. 12.3.6.6.3 MMCSD0 TX RAM ECC Aggregator Registers
          4. 12.3.6.6.4 MMCSD0 Host Controller Registers
          5. 12.3.6.6.5 MMCSD1 Subsystem Registers
          6. 12.3.6.6.6 MMCSD1 RX RAM ECC Aggregator Registers
          7. 12.3.6.6.7 MMCSD1 TX RAM ECC Aggregator Registers
          8. 12.3.6.6.8 MMCSD1 Host Controller Registers
    4. 12.4 Industrial and Control Interfaces
      1. 12.4.1 Enhanced Capture (ECAP) Module
        1. 12.4.1.1 ECAP Overview
          1. 12.4.1.1.1 ECAP Features
        2. 12.4.1.2 ECAP Environment
          1. 12.4.1.2.1 ECAP I/O Interface
        3. 12.4.1.3 ECAP Integration
          1. 12.4.1.3.1 Daisy-Chain Connectivity between ECAP Modules
        4. 12.4.1.4 ECAP Functional Description
          1. 12.4.1.4.1 Capture and APWM Operating Modes
            1. 12.4.1.4.1.1 ECAP Capture Mode Description
              1. 12.4.1.4.1.1.1 ECAP Event Prescaler
              2. 12.4.1.4.1.1.2 ECAP Edge Polarity Select and Qualifier
              3. 12.4.1.4.1.1.3 ECAP Continuous/One-Shot Control
              4. 12.4.1.4.1.1.4 ECAP 32-Bit Counter and Phase Control
              5. 12.4.1.4.1.1.5 CAP1-CAP4 Registers
              6. 12.4.1.4.1.1.6 ECAP Interrupt Control
              7. 12.4.1.4.1.1.7 ECAP Shadow Load and Lockout Control
            2. 12.4.1.4.1.2 ECAP APWM Mode Operation
          2. 12.4.1.4.2 Summary of ECAP Functional Registers
        5. 12.4.1.5 ECAP Use Cases
          1. 12.4.1.5.1 Absolute Time-Stamp Operation Rising Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.5.1.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Absolute Time, Rising Edge Trigger
          2. 12.4.1.5.2 Absolute Time-Stamp Operation Rising and Falling Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.5.2.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Absolute Time, Rising and Falling Edge Trigger
          3. 12.4.1.5.3 Time Difference (Delta) Operation Rising Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.5.3.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Delta Time, Rising Edge Trigger
          4. 12.4.1.5.4 Time Difference (Delta) Operation Rising and Falling Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.5.4.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Delta Time, Rising and Falling Edge Triggers
          5. 12.4.1.5.5 Application of the APWM Mode
            1. 12.4.1.5.5.1 Simple PWM Generation (Independent Channel/s) Example
              1. 12.4.1.5.5.1.1 Code Snippet for APWM Mode
            2. 12.4.1.5.5.2 Multichannel PWM Generation with Synchronization Example
              1. 12.4.1.5.5.2.1 Code Snippet for Multichannel PWM Generation with Synchronization
            3. 12.4.1.5.5.3 Multichannel PWM Generation with Phase Control Example
              1. 12.4.1.5.5.3.1 Code Snippet for Multichannel PWM Generation with Phase Control
        6. 12.4.1.6 ECAP Registers
      2. 12.4.2 Enhanced Pulse Width Modulation (EPWM) Module
        1. 12.4.2.1 EPWM Overview
          1. 12.4.2.1.1 EPWM Features
          2. 12.4.2.1.2 EPWM Not Supported Features
          3. 12.4.2.1.3 2951
        2. 12.4.2.2 EPWM Environment
          1. 12.4.2.2.1 EPWM I/O Interface
        3. 12.4.2.3 EPWM Integration
          1. 12.4.2.3.1 Device Specific EPWM Features
          2. 12.4.2.3.2 Daisy-Chain Connectivity between EPWM Modules
          3. 12.4.2.3.3 ADC start of conversion signals (PWM_SOCA and PWM_SOCB)
          4. 12.4.2.3.4 EPWM Modules Time Base Clock Gating
        4. 12.4.2.4 EPWM Functional Description
          1. 12.4.2.4.1  EPWM Submodule Features
            1. 12.4.2.4.1.1 Constant Definitions Used in the EPWM Code Examples
          2. 12.4.2.4.2  EPWM Time-Base (TB) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.2.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.2.2 2964
            3. 12.4.2.4.2.3 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Time-Base Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.2.4 Calculating PWM Period and Frequency
              1. 12.4.2.4.2.4.1 EPWM Time-Base Period Shadow Register
              2. 12.4.2.4.2.4.2 EPWM Time-Base Counter Synchronization
            5. 12.4.2.4.2.5 Phase Locking the Time-Base Clocks of Multiple EPWM Modules
            6. 12.4.2.4.2.6 EPWM Time-Base Counter Modes and Timing Waveforms
          3. 12.4.2.4.3  EPWM Counter-Compare (CC) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.3.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.3.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Counter-Compare Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.3.3 Operational Highlights for the EPWM Counter-Compare Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.3.4 EPWM Counter-Compare Submodule Timing Waveforms
          4. 12.4.2.4.4  EPWM Action-Qualifier (AQ) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.4.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.4.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Action-Qualifier Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.4.3 EPWM Action-Qualifier Event Priority
            4. 12.4.2.4.4.4 Waveforms for Common EPWM Configurations
          5. 12.4.2.4.5  EPWM Dead-Band Generator (DB) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.5.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.5.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Dead-Band Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.5.3 Operational Highlights for the EPWM Dead-Band Generator Submodule
          6. 12.4.2.4.6  EPWM-Chopper (PC) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.6.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.6.2 2987
            3. 12.4.2.4.6.3 Controlling the EPWM-Chopper Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.6.4 Operational Highlights for the EPWM-Chopper Submodule
            5. 12.4.2.4.6.5 EPWM-Chopper Waveforms
              1. 12.4.2.4.6.5.1 EPWM-Chopper One-Shot Pulse
              2. 12.4.2.4.6.5.2 EPWM-Chopper Duty Cycle Control
          7. 12.4.2.4.7  EPWM Trip-Zone (TZ) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.7.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.7.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Trip-Zone Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.7.3 Operational Highlights for the EPWM Trip-Zone Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.7.4 Generating EPWM Trip-Event Interrupts
          8. 12.4.2.4.8  EPWM Event-Trigger (ET) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.8.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.8.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Event-Trigger Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.8.3 Operational Overview of the EPWM Event-Trigger Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.8.4 3002
          9. 12.4.2.4.9  EPWM High Resolution (HRPWM) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.9.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.9.2 Architecture of the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.9.3 Controlling and Monitoring the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.9.4 Configuring the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
            5. 12.4.2.4.9.5 Operational Highlights for the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
              1. 12.4.2.4.9.5.1 HRPWM Edge Positioning
              2. 12.4.2.4.9.5.2 HRPWM Scaling Considerations
              3. 12.4.2.4.9.5.3 HRPWM Duty Cycle Range Limitation
          10. 12.4.2.4.10 EPWM / HRPWM Functional Register Groups
          11. 12.4.2.4.11 Proper EPWM Interrupt Initialization Procedure
        5. 12.4.2.5 EPWM Registers
      3. 12.4.3 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (EQEP) Module
        1. 12.4.3.1 EQEP Overview
          1. 12.4.3.1.1 EQEP Features
          2. 12.4.3.1.2 EQEP Not Supported Features
        2. 12.4.3.2 EQEP Environment
          1. 12.4.3.2.1 EQEP I/O Interface
        3. 12.4.3.3 EQEP Integration
          1. 12.4.3.3.1 Device Specific EQEP Features
        4. 12.4.3.4 EQEP Functional Description
          1. 12.4.3.4.1 EQEP Inputs
          2. 12.4.3.4.2 EQEP Quadrature Decoder Unit (QDU)
            1. 12.4.3.4.2.1 EQEP Position Counter Input Modes
              1. 12.4.3.4.2.1.1 Quadrature Count Mode
              2. 12.4.3.4.2.1.2 EQEP Direction-count Mode
              3. 12.4.3.4.2.1.3 EQEP Up-Count Mode
              4. 12.4.3.4.2.1.4 EQEP Down-Count Mode
            2. 12.4.3.4.2.2 EQEP Input Polarity Selection
            3. 12.4.3.4.2.3 EQEP Position-Compare Sync Output
          3. 12.4.3.4.3 EQEP Position Counter and Control Unit (PCCU)
            1. 12.4.3.4.3.1 EQEP Position Counter Operating Modes
              1. 12.4.3.4.3.1.1 EQEP Position Counter Reset on Index Event (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM] = 0b00)
              2. 12.4.3.4.3.1.2 EQEP Position Counter Reset on Maximum Position (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM=0b01)
              3. 12.4.3.4.3.1.3 Position Counter Reset on the First Index Event (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM = 0b10)
              4. 12.4.3.4.3.1.4 Position Counter Reset on Unit Time out Event (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM = 0b11)
            2. 12.4.3.4.3.2 EQEP Position Counter Latch
              1. 12.4.3.4.3.2.1 Index Event Latch
              2. 12.4.3.4.3.2.2 EQEP Strobe Event Latch
            3. 12.4.3.4.3.3 EQEP Position Counter Initialization
            4. 12.4.3.4.3.4 EQEP Position-Compare Unit
          4. 12.4.3.4.4 EQEP Edge Capture Unit
          5. 12.4.3.4.5 EQEP Watchdog
          6. 12.4.3.4.6 Unit Timer Base
          7. 12.4.3.4.7 EQEP Interrupt Structure
          8. 12.4.3.4.8 Summary of EQEP Functional Registers
        5. 12.4.3.5 EQEP Registers
      4. 12.4.4 Controller Area Network (MCAN)
        1. 12.4.4.1 MCAN Overview
          1. 12.4.4.1.1 MCAN Features
          2. 12.4.4.1.2 MCAN Not Supported Features
        2. 12.4.4.2 MCAN Environment
          1. 12.4.4.2.1 CAN Network Basics
        3. 12.4.4.3 MCAN Integration
          1. 12.4.4.3.1 MCAN Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.4.4.3.2 MCAN Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.4.4.4 MCAN Functional Description
          1. 12.4.4.4.1  Module Clocking Requirements
          2. 12.4.4.4.2  Interrupt and DMA Requests
            1. 12.4.4.4.2.1 Interrupt Requests
            2. 12.4.4.4.2.2 DMA Requests
            3. 12.4.4.4.2.3 3064
          3. 12.4.4.4.3  Operating Modes
            1. 12.4.4.4.3.1 Software Initialization
            2. 12.4.4.4.3.2 Normal Operation
            3. 12.4.4.4.3.3 CAN FD Operation
            4. 12.4.4.4.3.4 Transmitter Delay Compensation
              1. 12.4.4.4.3.4.1 Description
              2. 12.4.4.4.3.4.2 Transmitter Delay Compensation Measurement
            5. 12.4.4.4.3.5 Restricted Operation Mode
            6. 12.4.4.4.3.6 Bus Monitoring Mode
            7. 12.4.4.4.3.7 Disabled Automatic Retransmission (DAR) Mode
              1. 12.4.4.4.3.7.1 Frame Transmission in DAR Mode
            8. 12.4.4.4.3.8 Power Down (Sleep Mode)
              1. 12.4.4.4.3.8.1 External Clock Stop Mode
              2. 12.4.4.4.3.8.2 Suspend Mode
              3. 12.4.4.4.3.8.3 Wakeup request
            9. 12.4.4.4.3.9 Test Modes
              1. 12.4.4.4.3.9.1 Internal Loopback Mode
          4. 12.4.4.4.4  Timestamp Generation
            1. 12.4.4.4.4.1 External Timestamp Counter
          5. 12.4.4.4.5  Timeout Counter
          6. 12.4.4.4.6  ECC Support
            1. 12.4.4.4.6.1 ECC Wrapper
            2. 12.4.4.4.6.2 ECC Aggregator
          7. 12.4.4.4.7  Rx Handling
            1. 12.4.4.4.7.1 Acceptance Filtering
              1. 12.4.4.4.7.1.1 Range Filter
              2. 12.4.4.4.7.1.2 Filter for specific IDs
              3. 12.4.4.4.7.1.3 Classic Bit Mask Filter
              4. 12.4.4.4.7.1.4 Standard Message ID Filtering
              5. 12.4.4.4.7.1.5 Extended Message ID Filtering
            2. 12.4.4.4.7.2 Rx FIFOs
              1. 12.4.4.4.7.2.1 Rx FIFO Blocking Mode
              2. 12.4.4.4.7.2.2 Rx FIFO Overwrite Mode
            3. 12.4.4.4.7.3 Dedicated Rx Buffers
              1. 12.4.4.4.7.3.1 Rx Buffer Handling
            4. 12.4.4.4.7.4 Debug on CAN Support
          8. 12.4.4.4.8  Tx Handling
            1. 12.4.4.4.8.1 Transmit Pause
            2. 12.4.4.4.8.2 Dedicated Tx Buffers
            3. 12.4.4.4.8.3 Tx FIFO
            4. 12.4.4.4.8.4 Tx Queue
            5. 12.4.4.4.8.5 Mixed Dedicated Tx Buffers/Tx FIFO
            6. 12.4.4.4.8.6 Mixed Dedicated Tx Buffers/Tx Queue
            7. 12.4.4.4.8.7 Transmit Cancellation
            8. 12.4.4.4.8.8 Tx Event Handling
          9. 12.4.4.4.9  FIFO Acknowledge Handling
          10. 12.4.4.4.10 Message RAM
            1. 12.4.4.4.10.1 Message RAM Configuration
            2. 12.4.4.4.10.2 Rx Buffer and FIFO Element
            3. 12.4.4.4.10.3 Tx Buffer Element
            4. 12.4.4.4.10.4 Tx Event FIFO Element
            5. 12.4.4.4.10.5 Standard Message ID Filter Element
            6. 12.4.4.4.10.6 Extended Message ID Filter Element
        5. 12.4.4.5 MCAN Registers
          1. 12.4.4.5.1 MCAN Subsystem Registers
          2. 12.4.4.5.2 MCAN Core Registers
          3. 12.4.4.5.3 MCAN ECC Aggregator Registers
    5. 12.5 Audio Interfaces
      1. 12.5.1 Audio Tracking Logic (ATL)
        1. 12.5.1.1 ATL Overview
          1. 12.5.1.1.1 ATL Features Overview
          2. 12.5.1.1.2 ATL Not Supported Features
    6. 12.6 Timer Modules
      1. 12.6.1 Global Timebase Counter (GTC)
        1. 12.6.1.1 GTC Overview
          1. 12.6.1.1.1 GTC Features
          2. 12.6.1.1.2 GTC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.6.1.2 GTC Integration
        3. 12.6.1.3 GTC Functional Description
          1. 12.6.1.3.1 GTC Block Diagram
          2. 12.6.1.3.2 GTC Counter
          3. 12.6.1.3.3 GTC Gray Encoder
          4. 12.6.1.3.4 GTC Push Event Generation
          5. 12.6.1.3.5 GTC Register Partitioning
        4. 12.6.1.4 GTC Registers
          1. 12.6.1.4.1 GTC0_GTC_CFG0 Registers
          2. 12.6.1.4.2 GTC0_GTC_CFG1 Registers
          3. 12.6.1.4.3 GTC0_GTC_CFG2 Registers
          4. 12.6.1.4.4 GTC0_GTC_CFG3 Registers
      2. 12.6.2 Windowed Watchdog Timer (WWDT)
        1. 12.6.2.1 RTI Overview
          1. 12.6.2.1.1 RTI Features
          2. 12.6.2.1.2 RTI Not Supported Features
        2. 12.6.2.2 RTI Integration
          1. 12.6.2.2.1 RTI Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.6.2.2.2 RTI Integration in MAIN Domain
        3. 12.6.2.3 RTI Functional Description
          1. 12.6.2.3.1 RTI Counter Operation
          2. 12.6.2.3.2 RTI Digital Watchdog
          3. 12.6.2.3.3 RTI Digital Windowed Watchdog
          4. 12.6.2.3.4 RTI Low Power Mode Operation
          5. 12.6.2.3.5 RTI Debug Mode Behavior
        4. 12.6.2.4 RTI Registers
      3. 12.6.3 Timers
        1. 12.6.3.1 Timers Overview
          1. 12.6.3.1.1 Timers Features
          2. 12.6.3.1.2 Timers Not Supported Features
        2. 12.6.3.2 Timers Environment
          1. 12.6.3.2.1 Timer External System Interface
        3. 12.6.3.3 Timers Integration
          1. 12.6.3.3.1 Timers Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.6.3.3.2 Timers Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.6.3.4 Timers Functional Description
          1. 12.6.3.4.1  Timer Block Diagram
          2. 12.6.3.4.2  Timer Power Management
            1. 12.6.3.4.2.1 Wake-Up Capability
          3. 12.6.3.4.3  Timer Software Reset
          4. 12.6.3.4.4  Timer Interrupts
          5. 12.6.3.4.5  Timer Mode Functionality
            1. 12.6.3.4.5.1 1-ms Tick Generation
          6. 12.6.3.4.6  Timer Capture Mode Functionality
          7. 12.6.3.4.7  Timer Compare Mode Functionality
          8. 12.6.3.4.8  Timer Prescaler Functionality
          9. 12.6.3.4.9  Timer Pulse-Width Modulation
          10. 12.6.3.4.10 Timer Counting Rate
          11. 12.6.3.4.11 Timer Under Emulation
          12. 12.6.3.4.12 Accessing Timer Registers
            1. 12.6.3.4.12.1 Writing to Timer Registers
              1. 12.6.3.4.12.1.1 Write Posting Synchronization Mode
              2. 12.6.3.4.12.1.2 Write Nonposting Synchronization Mode
            2. 12.6.3.4.12.2 Reading From Timer Counter Registers
              1. 12.6.3.4.12.2.1 Read Posted
              2. 12.6.3.4.12.2.2 Read Non-Posted
          13. 12.6.3.4.13 Timer Posted Mode Selection
        5. 12.6.3.5 Timers Low-Level Programming Models
          1. 12.6.3.5.1 Timer Global Initialization
            1. 12.6.3.5.1.1 Global Initialization of Surrounding Modules
            2. 12.6.3.5.1.2 Timer Module Global Initialization
              1. 12.6.3.5.1.2.1 Main Sequence – Timer Module Global Initialization
          2. 12.6.3.5.2 Timer Operational Mode Configuration
            1. 12.6.3.5.2.1 Timer Mode
              1. 12.6.3.5.2.1.1 Main Sequence – Timer Mode Configuration
            2. 12.6.3.5.2.2 Timer Compare Mode
              1. 12.6.3.5.2.2.1 Main Sequence – Timer Compare Mode Configuration
            3. 12.6.3.5.2.3 Timer Capture Mode
              1. 12.6.3.5.2.3.1 Main Sequence – Timer Capture Mode Configuration
              2. 12.6.3.5.2.3.2 Subsequence – Initialize Capture Mode
              3. 12.6.3.5.2.3.3 Subsequence – Detect Event
            4. 12.6.3.5.2.4 Timer PWM Mode
              1. 12.6.3.5.2.4.1 Main Sequence – Timer PWM Mode Configuration
        6. 12.6.3.6 Timers Registers
    7. 12.7 Internal Diagnostics Modules
      1. 12.7.1 Dual Clock Comparator (DCC)
        1. 12.7.1.1 DCC Overview
          1. 12.7.1.1.1 DCC Features
          2. 12.7.1.1.2 DCC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.7.1.2 DCC Integration
          1. 12.7.1.2.1 DCC Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.7.1.2.2 DCC Integration in MAIN Domain
        3. 12.7.1.3 DCC Functional Description
          1. 12.7.1.3.1 DCC Counter Operation
          2. 12.7.1.3.2 DCC Low Power Mode Operation
          3. 12.7.1.3.3 DCC Suspend Mode Behavior
          4. 12.7.1.3.4 DCC Single-Shot Mode
          5. 12.7.1.3.5 DCC Continuous mode
            1. 12.7.1.3.5.1 DCC Continue on Error
            2. 12.7.1.3.5.2 DCC Error Count
          6. 12.7.1.3.6 DCC Control and count hand-off across clock domains
          7. 12.7.1.3.7 DCC Error Trajectory record
            1. 12.7.1.3.7.1 DCC FIFO capturing for Errors
            2. 12.7.1.3.7.2 DCC FIFO in continuous capture mode
            3. 12.7.1.3.7.3 DCC FIFO Details
            4. 12.7.1.3.7.4 DCC FIFO Debug mode behavior
          8. 12.7.1.3.8 DCC Count read registers
        4. 12.7.1.4 DCC Registers
      2. 12.7.2 Error Signaling Module (ESM)
        1. 12.7.2.1 ESM Overview
          1. 12.7.2.1.1 ESM Features
        2. 12.7.2.2 ESM Environment
        3. 12.7.2.3 ESM Integration
          1. 12.7.2.3.1 ESM Integration in WKUP Domain
          2. 12.7.2.3.2 ESM Integration in MCU Domain
          3. 12.7.2.3.3 ESM Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.7.2.4 ESM Functional Description
          1. 12.7.2.4.1 ESM Interrupt Requests
            1. 12.7.2.4.1.1 ESM Configuration Error Interrupt
            2. 12.7.2.4.1.2 ESM Low Priority Error Interrupt
              1. 12.7.2.4.1.2.1 ESM Low Priority Error Level Event
              2. 12.7.2.4.1.2.2 ESM Low Priority Error Pulse Event
            3. 12.7.2.4.1.3 ESM High Priority Error Interrupt
              1. 12.7.2.4.1.3.1 ESM High Priority Error Level Event
              2. 12.7.2.4.1.3.2 ESM High Priority Error Pulse Event
          2. 12.7.2.4.2 ESM Error Event Inputs
          3. 12.7.2.4.3 ESM Error Pin Output
          4. 12.7.2.4.4 ESM Minimum Time Interval
          5. 12.7.2.4.5 ESM Protection for Registers
          6. 12.7.2.4.6 ESM Clock Stop
        5. 12.7.2.5 ESM Registers
      3. 12.7.3 Memory Cyclic Redundancy Check (MCRC) Controller
        1. 12.7.3.1 MCRC Overview
          1. 12.7.3.1.1 MCRC Features
          2. 12.7.3.1.2 MCRC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.7.3.2 MCRC Integration
        3. 12.7.3.3 MCRC Functional Description
          1. 12.7.3.3.1  MCRC Block Diagram
          2. 12.7.3.3.2  MCRC General Operation
          3. 12.7.3.3.3  MCRC Modes of Operation
            1. 12.7.3.3.3.1 AUTO Mode
            2. 12.7.3.3.3.2 Semi-CPU Mode
            3. 12.7.3.3.3.3 Full-CPU Mode
          4. 12.7.3.3.4  PSA Signature Register
          5. 12.7.3.3.5  PSA Sector Signature Register
          6. 12.7.3.3.6  CRC Value Register
          7. 12.7.3.3.7  Raw Data Register
          8. 12.7.3.3.8  Example DMA Controller Setup
            1. 12.7.3.3.8.1 AUTO Mode Using Hardware Timer Trigger
            2. 12.7.3.3.8.2 AUTO Mode Using Software Trigger
            3. 12.7.3.3.8.3 Semi-CPU Mode Using Hardware Timer Trigger
          9. 12.7.3.3.9  Pattern Count Register
          10. 12.7.3.3.10 Sector Count Register/Current Sector Register
          11. 12.7.3.3.11 Interrupts
            1. 12.7.3.3.11.1 Compression Complete Interrupt
            2. 12.7.3.3.11.2 CRC Fail Interrupt
            3. 12.7.3.3.11.3 Overrun Interrupt
            4. 12.7.3.3.11.4 Underrun Interrupt
            5. 12.7.3.3.11.5 Timeout Interrupt
            6. 12.7.3.3.11.6 Interrupt Offset Register
            7. 12.7.3.3.11.7 Error Handling
          12. 12.7.3.3.12 Power Down Mode
          13. 12.7.3.3.13 Emulation
        4. 12.7.3.4 MCRC Programming Examples
          1. 12.7.3.4.1 Example: Auto Mode Using Time Based Event Triggering
            1. 12.7.3.4.1.1 DMA Setup
            2. 12.7.3.4.1.2 Timer Setup
            3. 12.7.3.4.1.3 CRC Setup
          2. 12.7.3.4.2 Example: Auto Mode Without Using Time Based Triggering
            1. 12.7.3.4.2.1 DMA Setup
            2. 12.7.3.4.2.2 CRC Setup
          3. 12.7.3.4.3 Example: Semi-CPU Mode
            1. 12.7.3.4.3.1 DMA Setup
            2. 12.7.3.4.3.2 Timer Setup
            3. 12.7.3.4.3.3 CRC Setup
          4. 12.7.3.4.4 Example: Full-CPU Mode
            1. 12.7.3.4.4.1 CRC Setup
        5. 12.7.3.5 MCRC Registers
      4. 12.7.4 ECC Aggregator
        1. 12.7.4.1 ECC Aggregator Overview
          1. 12.7.4.1.1 ECC Aggregator Features
        2. 12.7.4.2 ECC Aggregator Integration
        3. 12.7.4.3 ECC Aggregator Functional Description
          1. 12.7.4.3.1 ECC Aggregator Block Diagram
          2. 12.7.4.3.2 ECC Aggregator Register Groups
          3. 12.7.4.3.3 Read Access to the ECC Control and Status Registers
          4. 12.7.4.3.4 Serial Write Operation
          5. 12.7.4.3.5 Interrupts
          6. 12.7.4.3.6 Inject Only Mode
        4. 12.7.4.4 ECC Aggregator Registers
  15. 13On-Chip Debug
  16. 14Revision History
12.2.3.5.9 PCIE_USER_CFG Registers

Table 12-3620 lists the memory-mapped registers for the PCIE_USER_CFG. All register offset addresses not listed in Table 12-3620 should be considered as reserved locations and the register contents should not be modified.

PCIe Gen4x2 user config registers. Local host access only.

Table 12-3619 PCIE_USER_CFG Instances
Instance Base Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG 0291 7000h
Table 12-3620 PCIE_USER_CFG Registers
Offset Acronym Register Name PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG
Physical Address
0h PCIE_USER_REVID 0291 7000h
4h PCIE_USER_CMD_STATUS 0291 7004h
8h PCIE_USER_RSTCMD 0291 7008h
Ch PCIE_USER_INITCFG 0291 700Ch
10h PCIE_USER_PMCMD 0291 7010h
14h PCIE_USER_LINKSTATUS 0291 7014h
18h PCIE_USER_LEGACY_INTR_SET 0291 7018h
1Ch PCIE_USER_LEGACY_INT_PENDING 0291 701Ch
20h PCIE_USER_MSI_STAT 0291 7020h
24h PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR 0291 7024h
28h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF0 0291 7028h
2Ch PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF1 0291 702Ch
30h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF2 0291 7030h
34h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF3 0291 7034h
38h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF4 0291 7038h
3Ch PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF5 0291 703Ch
40h PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF0 0291 7040h
44h PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF1 0291 7044h
48h PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF2 0291 7048h
4Ch PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF3 0291 704Ch
50h PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF4 0291 7050h
54h PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF5 0291 7054h
58h PCIE_USER_MSI_STAT_VF 0291 7058h
5Ch PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR0_VF 0291 705Ch
60h PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR1_VF 0291 7060h
64h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF0 0291 7064h
68h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF1 0291 7068h
6Ch PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF2 0291 706Ch
70h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF3 0291 7070h
74h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF4 0291 7074h
78h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF5 0291 7078h
7Ch PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF6 0291 707Ch
80h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF7 0291 7080h
84h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF8 0291 7084h
88h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF9 0291 7088h
8Ch PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF10 0291 708Ch
90h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF11 0291 7090h
94h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF12 0291 7094h
98h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF13 0291 7098h
9Ch PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF14 0291 709Ch
A0h PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF15 0291 70A0h
A4h PCIE_USER_MSIX_STAT 0291 70A4h
A8h PCIE_USER_MSIX_MASK 0291 70A8h
ACh PCIE_USER_MSIX_STAT_VF 0291 70ACh
B0h PCIE_USER_MSIX_MASK_VF 0291 70B0h
B4h PCIE_USER_FLR_DONE 0291 70B4h
B8h PCIE_USER_VF_FLR_DONE 0291 70B8h
BCh PCIE_USER_PTM_CFG 0291 70BCh
C0h PCIE_USER_PTM_TIMER_LOW 0291 70C0h
C4h PCIE_USER_PTM_TIMER_HIGH 0291 70C4h
C8h PCIE_USER_EOI_VECTOR 0291 70C8h

3.5.9.1 PCIE_USER_REVID Register (Offset = 0h) [reset = 68144100h]

PCIE_USER_REVID is shown in Figure 12-1834 and described in Table 12-3622.

Return to Summary Table.

Module ID register

Table 12-3621 PCIE_USER_REVID Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7000h
Figure 12-1834 PCIE_USER_REVID Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
MODID
R-6814h
1514131211109876543210
REVRTLREVMAJCUSTOMREVMIN
R-8hR-1hR-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3622 PCIE_USER_REVID Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16MODIDR6814h

Module ID field

15-11REVRTLR8h

RTL revision.
Will vary depending on release

10-8REVMAJR1h

Major revision

7-6CUSTOMR0h

Custom

5-0REVMINR0h

Minor revision

3.5.9.2 PCIE_USER_CMD_STATUS Register (Offset = 4h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_CMD_STATUS is shown in Figure 12-1835 and described in Table 12-3624.

Return to Summary Table.

Command Status register

Table 12-3623 PCIE_USER_CMD_STATUS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7004h
Figure 12-1835 PCIE_USER_CMD_STATUS Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R/W-X
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R/W-X
15141312111098
RESERVED
R/W-X
76543210
RESERVEDLINK_TRAINING_ENABLE
R/W-XR/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3624 PCIE_USER_CMD_STATUS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-1RESERVEDR/WX
0LINK_TRAINING_ENABLER/W0h

This bit must be set to 1 to enable the LTSSM to bring up the link.
Setting it to 0 forces the LTSSM to stay in the Detect.Quiet state.

3.5.9.3 PCIE_USER_RSTCMD Register (Offset = 8h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_RSTCMD is shown in Figure 12-1836 and described in Table 12-3626.

Return to Summary Table.

Reset Command and Status register

Table 12-3625 PCIE_USER_RSTCMD Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7008h
Figure 12-1836 PCIE_USER_RSTCMD Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R/W-X
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R/W-X
15141312111098
RESERVED
R/W-X
76543210
RESERVEDINIT_HOT_RESET
R/W-XR/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3626 PCIE_USER_RSTCMD Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-1RESERVEDR/WX
0INIT_HOT_RESETR/W0h

When this bit is set to 1'b1 in the RP mode, the core initiates a Hot Reset sequence on the PCIe link.
The controller will keep the PCIe link in hot reset when this bit is asserted.
When de-asserted, controller will bring the PCIe link out of hot reset and initiate link training.
Valid in RP mode only.

3.5.9.4 PCIE_USER_INITCFG Register (Offset = Ch) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_INITCFG is shown in Figure 12-1837 and described in Table 12-3628.

Return to Summary Table.

Initialization configuration register

Table 12-3627 PCIE_USER_INITCFG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 700Ch
Figure 12-1837 PCIE_USER_INITCFG Register
3130292827262524
RESERVEDCONFIG_ENABLE
R/W-XR/W-1h
2322212019181716
VC_COUNTMAX_EVAL_ITERATION
R/W-3hR/W-8h
15141312111098
MAX_EVAL_ITERATIONBYPASS_PHASE23BYPASS_REMOTE_TX_EQUALIZATIONSUPPORTED_PRESET
R/W-8hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-7FFh
76543210
SUPPORTED_PRESETDISABLE_GEN3_DC_BALANCESRIS_ENABLE
R/W-7FFhR/W-0hR/W-1h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3628 PCIE_USER_INITCFG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-25RESERVEDR/WX
24CONFIG_ENABLER/W1h

When this bit is set to 0 in the EP mode, the Controller will generate a CRS Completion in response to Configuration Requests.
When this bit is set to 1 in the EP mode, the Controller will generate SC/UR Completion in response to Configuration Requests based on the target function.
In systems where the Controller configuration registers are loaded from RAM on power-up, this prevents the Controller from responding to Configuration Requests before all the registers are loaded.
This bit is unused in RP Mode.
The default value of this bit will be 1 in EP mode and 0 in RP mode

23-22VC_COUNTR/W3h

Number of VCs configured.

00 = 1 VC

01 = 2 VCs,

10 = 3 VCs,

11 = 4 VCs, ..
and so on

21-15MAX_EVAL_ITERATIONR/W8h

Denotes the maximum number of iterations to be performed during the DirectionChange Feedback Link Equalization in case the direction change feedback does not converge to 00.
Supported values are
8-63.
Recommended Value is from
8-16 to avoid the 24ms timeout as defined in PCIe spec.

14BYPASS_PHASE23R/W0h

This MMR should be programmed during system boot or initialization.
This is used only in Root Port Mode of the PCIe Core.
If BYPASS_PHASE
23==
1:
* Phase 2 AND Phase 3 of Link Equalization are bypassed during link equalization
If BYPASS_PHASE
23==
0:
* Phase 2 AND Phase 3 of Link Equalization are performed during link equalization

13BYPASS_REMOTE_TX_EQUALIZATIONR/W0h

This MMR should be programmed during system boot or initialization.
IF BYPASS_REMOTE_TX_EQUALIZATION==
1:
* In End-Point mode, Phase 2 of link equalization is bypassed
* In Root-Port mode, Phase 3 of link equalization is bypassed
IF BYPASS_REMOTE_TX_EQUALIZATION==
0:
* Remote TX Equalization is performed during link equalization

12-2SUPPORTED_PRESETR/W7FFh

This MMR should be programmed during system boot or initialization.
SUPPORTED_PRESET[i]=1.
Indicates Preset #i supported by PHY.
SUPPORTED_PRESET[i]=0.
Indicates Preset #i is not supported by PHY.
* For Full Swing, all presets [P
0 - P10] must be supported.
* For Reduced Swing, [P4, P1, P9, P5, P6, P3] must be supported, others are optional as per PCIe spec.

1DISABLE_GEN3_DC_BALANCER/W0h

This bit it is used to disable the transmission of special DC Balance symbols in TS1 training sequences for improving the DC balance of the bit stream at 8.0 GT/s or higher speed.
This feature was introduced in the 0.71 version of the Gen3 spec.
Setting this input to 1 disables the transmission of the special DC Balance symbols by the Controller.
Note that the Controller can decode received training sequences with the special DC balance symbols in them correctly regardless of the setting of this input.

0SRIS_ENABLER/W1h

Should be set as per the System Reference Clocking Implementation.

0 = Separate Tx and Rx Reference Clocks with No Spread Spectum Clocking - SRNS Mode

1 = Separate Tx and Rx Reference Clocks with Spread Spectum Clocking - SRIS Mode.
This is the default setting.
Note that the common Refclk architecture utilizes the same Refclk for Tx and Rx and so does not introduce any difference between the Tx and Rx Refclk rates.
SRIS_ENABLE should be tied to 0 in this case also.

3.5.9.5 PCIE_USER_PMCMD Register (Offset = 10h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_PMCMD is shown in Figure 12-1838 and described in Table 12-3630.

Return to Summary Table.

Power Management command register

Table 12-3629 PCIE_USER_PMCMD Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7010h
Figure 12-1838 PCIE_USER_PMCMD Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R/W-X
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R/W-X
15141312111098
RESERVED
R/W-X
76543210
RESERVEDPOWER_STATE_CHANGE_ACKCLIENT_REQ_EXIT_L1_SUBSTATECLIENT_REQ_EXIT_L1
R/W-XR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3630 PCIE_USER_PMCMD Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-3RESERVEDR/WX
2POWER_STATE_CHANGE_ACKR/W0h

Software must assert this bit for a minimum of one cycle in response to the assertion of POWER_STATE_CHANGE_INTERRUPT, when it is ready to transition to the low-power state requested by the configuration write request.
Software may maintain this input high if it does not need to delay the return of the completions for the configuration write transactions causing power-state changes.

1CLIENT_REQ_EXIT_L1_SUBSTATER/W0h

Client logic can trigger an explicit L
1-substate exit by setting this bit.
This bit triggers an exit from L
1-substates to L0 if controller is already in L
1- substates.
Controller waits in L1 state for this signal to become de-asserted before entering L
1-substate.
Controller will respond to normal L
1-exit triggers while it waits for de-assertion of this bit.

0CLIENT_REQ_EXIT_L1R/W0h

Client logic can trigger an explicit L1 exit by setting this bit.
This bit triggers an exit to L0 from L1 or from L
1-substates.
This bit can also be used to block L1 entry in End point controllers.

3.5.9.6 PCIE_USER_LINKSTATUS Register (Offset = 14h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_LINKSTATUS is shown in Figure 12-1839 and described in Table 12-3632.

Return to Summary Table.

Link Status register

Table 12-3631 PCIE_USER_LINKSTATUS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7014h
Figure 12-1839 PCIE_USER_LINKSTATUS Register
3130292827262524
RESERVEDLTSSM_STATE
R-XR-0h
2322212019181716
POWER_STATE_CHANGE_FUNCTION_NUM
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDL1_PM_SUBSTATELINK_POWER_STATE
R-XR-0hR-0h
76543210
RESERVEDNEGOTIATED_SPEEDNEGOTIATED_LINK_WIDTHLINK_STATUS
R-XR-0hR-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3632 PCIE_USER_LINKSTATUS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-30RESERVEDRX
29-24LTSSM_STATER0h

Current state of the Link Training and Status State Machine within the core.

23-16POWER_STATE_CHANGE_FUNCTION_NUMR0h

Function number of the function for which a power state change occurred.
Software can read this value when the power_state_change interrupt is asserted to determine the physical function for which the power state change occured.

15RESERVEDRX
14-12L1_PM_SUBSTATER0h

This register provides the current state of the L1 PM substates state machine.
Its encodings are:

000 = L
1-substate machine not active

001 = L1.0 substate.
L1_PM_SUBSTATE shows "L1.0" after the delay programmed in L1 substate entry delay in reg:low_power_debug_control0

010 = L1.1 substate

011 = Reserved

100 = L1.2.Entry substate

101 = L1.2.Idle substate

110 = L1.2.Exit substate

111 = Reserved

11-8LINK_POWER_STATER0h

Current power state of the PCIe link.

0001 = L0

0010 = L0s

0100 = L1

1000 = L2

7-6RESERVEDRX
5-4NEGOTIATED_SPEEDR0h

Current operating speed of the link is as follows:

11: 16 GT/s

10: 8GT/s

01: 5GT/s

00: 2.5GT/s

3-2NEGOTIATED_LINK_WIDTHR0h

Current link width are as follows:
10: x4
01: x2

00: x1
Others: Reserved

1-0LINK_STATUSR0h

Status of the PCI Express link.

00 = No receivers detected.

01 = Link training in progress.

10 = Link up, DL initialization in progress.

11 = Link up, DL initialization completed.

3.5.9.7 PCIE_USER_LEGACY_INTR_SET Register (Offset = 18h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_LEGACY_INTR_SET is shown in Figure 12-1840 and described in Table 12-3634.

Return to Summary Table.

Legacy interrupt set register

Table 12-3633 PCIE_USER_LEGACY_INTR_SET Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7018h
Figure 12-1840 PCIE_USER_LEGACY_INTR_SET Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R/W-X
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R/W-X
15141312111098
RESERVED
R/W-X
76543210
RESERVEDINTD_ININTC_ININTB_ININTA_IN
R/W-XR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3634 PCIE_USER_LEGACY_INTR_SET Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-4RESERVEDR/WX
3INTD_INR/W0h

When the core is configured as EP, this bit is used by the client application to signal an interrupt from any of its PCI Functions to the RP using the Legacy PCI Express Interrupt Delivery mechanism of PCI Express.
This bit corresponds to INTD of the PCI bus.
Asserting this bit causes the core to send out an Assert_INTx message, and de-asserting this bit causes the core to transmit a Deassert_INTx message.

2INTC_INR/W0h

When the core is configured as EP, this bit is used by the client application to signal an interrupt from any of its PCI Functions to the RP using the Legacy PCI Express Interrupt Delivery mechanism of PCI Express.
This bit corresponds to INTC of the PCI bus.
Asserting this bit causes the core to send out an Assert_INTx message, and de-asserting this bit causes the core to transmit a Deassert_INTx message.

1INTB_INR/W0h

When the core is configured as EP, this bit is used by the client application to signal an interrupt from any of its PCI Functions to the RP using the Legacy PCI Express Interrupt Delivery mechanism of PCI Express.
This bit corresponds to INTB of the PCI bus.
Asserting this bit causes the core to send out an Assert_INTx message, and de-asserting this bit causes the core to transmit a Deassert_INTx message.

0INTA_INR/W0h

When the core is configured as EP, this bit is used by the client application to signal an interrupt from any of its PCI Functions to the RP using the Legacy PCI Express Interrupt Delivery mechanism of PCI Express.
This bit corresponds to INTA of the PCI bus.
Asserting this bit causes the core to send out an Assert_INTx message, and de-asserting this bit causes the core to transmit a Deassert_INTx message.

3.5.9.8 PCIE_USER_LEGACY_INT_PENDING Register (Offset = 1Ch) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_LEGACY_INT_PENDING is shown in Figure 12-1841 and described in Table 12-3636.

Return to Summary Table.

Legacy interrupt pending set register

Table 12-3635 PCIE_USER_LEGACY_INT_PENDING Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 701Ch
Figure 12-1841 PCIE_USER_LEGACY_INT_PENDING Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDINT_ACK
R-0hR/W1C-0h
76543210
RESERVEDINT_PENDING_STATUS
R-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3636 PCIE_USER_LEGACY_INT_PENDING Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-9RESERVEDRXReserved
8INT_ACKR/W1C0hWhen using legacy interrupts, this bit indicates that the core has sent an INTx Assert or Deassert message in response to a change in the state of one of the INTx inputs.
7-6RESERVEDRXReserved
5-0INT_PENDING_STATUSR/W0hWhen using legacy interrupts, this input is used to indicate the interrupt pending status of the Physical Functions.
The bit i must be set when an interrupt is pending in Function i.

3.5.9.9 PCIE_USER_MSI_STAT Register (Offset = 20h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_MSI_STAT is shown in Figure 12-1842 and described in Table 12-3638.

Return to Summary Table.

MSI status register

Table 12-3637 PCIE_USER_MSI_STAT Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7020h
Figure 12-1842 PCIE_USER_MSI_STAT Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
RESERVED
R-X
1514131211109876543210
RESERVEDMSI_ENABLE
R-XR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3638 PCIE_USER_MSI_STAT Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-6RESERVEDRX
5-0MSI_ENABLER0h

When the core is configured in the EndPoint mode to support MSI interrupts, this output is driven by the MSI Enable bit of the MSI Control Registers of the Physical Functions.
Bit0 represents the MSI Enable for Physical Function0 and Bit1 represents the MSI Enable for Physical Function 1

3.5.9.10 PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR Register (Offset = 24h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR is shown in Figure 12-1843 and described in Table 12-3640.

Return to Summary Table.

MSI vector register

Table 12-3639 PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7024h
Figure 12-1843 PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDMSI_VECTOR_COUNT
R-XR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3640 PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-18RESERVEDRX
17-0MSI_VECTOR_COUNTR0h

When the core is configured in the EndPoint mode to support MSI interrupts, these outputs are driven by the Multiple Message Enable bits of the MSI Control Registers associated with Physical Functions.
These bits encode the number of allocated MSI interrupt vectors for the corresponding Function.
Bits
[2:0] represents Physical Function0 and Bits
[5:3] represents Physical Function 1

3.5.9.11 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF0 Register (Offset = 28h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF0 is shown in Figure 12-1844 and described in Table 12-3642.

Return to Summary Table.

PF0 MSI mask register

Table 12-3641 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF0 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7028h
Figure 12-1844 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF0 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_PF0
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3642 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF0 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_PF0R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Physical Function0.

3.5.9.12 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF1 Register (Offset = 2Ch) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF1 is shown in Figure 12-1845 and described in Table 12-3644.

Return to Summary Table.

PF1 MSI mask register

Table 12-3643 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF1 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 702Ch
Figure 12-1845 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF1 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_PF1
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3644 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_PF1R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Physical Function1.

3.5.9.13 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF2 Register (Offset = 30h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF2 is shown in Figure 12-1846 and described in Table 12-3646.

Return to Summary Table.

PF2 MSI mask register

Table 12-3645 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF2 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7030h
Figure 12-1846 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF2 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_PF2
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3646 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_PF2R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Physical Function2.

3.5.9.14 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF3 Register (Offset = 34h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF3 is shown in Figure 12-1847 and described in Table 12-3648.

Return to Summary Table.

PF3 MSI mask register

Table 12-3647 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF3 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7034h
Figure 12-1847 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF3 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_PF3
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3648 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF3 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_PF3R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Physical Function3.

3.5.9.15 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF4 Register (Offset = 38h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF4 is shown in Figure 12-1848 and described in Table 12-3650.

Return to Summary Table.

PF4 MSI mask register

Table 12-3649 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF4 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7038h
Figure 12-1848 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF4 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_PF4
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3650 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF4 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_PF4R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Physical Function4.

3.5.9.16 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF5 Register (Offset = 3Ch) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF5 is shown in Figure 12-1849 and described in Table 12-3652.

Return to Summary Table.

PF5 MSI mask register

Table 12-3651 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF5 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 703Ch
Figure 12-1849 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF5 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_PF5
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3652 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_PF5 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_PF5R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Physical Function5.

3.5.9.17 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF0 Register (Offset = 40h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF0 is shown in Figure 12-1850 and described in Table 12-3654.

Return to Summary Table.

PF0 MSI pending status input register

Table 12-3653 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF0 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7040h
Figure 12-1850 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF0 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF0
R/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3654 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF0 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF0R/W0h

These inputs provide the status of the MSI pending interrupts for the Physical Function0 from the client to the core.
If MSI Pending Status In Mode Select is set to 1 in the Debug Mux Control 2 register in local management,the setting of this register determines the value read from the MSI Pending Bits Register PF0.

3.5.9.18 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF1 Register (Offset = 44h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF1 is shown in Figure 12-1851 and described in Table 12-3656.

Return to Summary Table.

PF1 MSI pending status input register

Table 12-3655 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF1 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7044h
Figure 12-1851 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF1 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF1
R/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3656 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF1R/W0h

These inputs provide the status of the MSI pending interrupts for the Physical Function1 from the client to the core, if MSI Pending Status In Mode Select is set to 1 in the Debug Mux Control 2 register in local management,the setting of this register determines the value read from the MSI Pending Bits Register PF1.

3.5.9.19 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF2 Register (Offset = 48h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF2 is shown in Figure 12-1852 and described in Table 12-3658.

Return to Summary Table.

PF2 MSI pending status input register

Table 12-3657 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF2 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7048h
Figure 12-1852 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF2 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF2
R/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3658 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF2R/W0h

These inputs provide the status of the MSI pending interrupts for the Physical Function1 from the client to the core, if MSI Pending Status In Mode Select is set to 1 in the Debug Mux Control 2 register in local management,the setting of this register determines the value read from the MSI Pending Bits Register PF2.

3.5.9.20 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF3 Register (Offset = 4Ch) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF3 is shown in Figure 12-1853 and described in Table 12-3660.

Return to Summary Table.

PF3 MSI pending status input register

Table 12-3659 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF3 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 704Ch
Figure 12-1853 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF3 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF3
R/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3660 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF3 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF3R/W0h

These inputs provide the status of the MSI pending interrupts for the Physical Function1 from the client to the core, if MSI Pending Status In Mode Select is set to 1 in the Debug Mux Control 2 register in local management,the setting of this register determines the value read from the MSI Pending Bits Register PF3.

3.5.9.21 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF4 Register (Offset = 50h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF4 is shown in Figure 12-1854 and described in Table 12-3662.

Return to Summary Table.

PF4 MSI pending status input register

Table 12-3661 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF4 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7050h
Figure 12-1854 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF4 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF4
R/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3662 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF4 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF4R/W0h

These inputs provide the status of the MSI pending interrupts for the Physical Function1 from the client to the core, if MSI Pending Status In Mode Select is set to 1 in the Debug Mux Control 2 register in local management,the setting of this register determines the value read from the MSI Pending Bits Register PF4.

3.5.9.22 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF5 Register (Offset = 54h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF5 is shown in Figure 12-1855 and described in Table 12-3664.

Return to Summary Table.

PF5 MSI pending status input register

Table 12-3663 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF5 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7054h
Figure 12-1855 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF5 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF5
R/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3664 PCIE_USER_MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF5 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_PENDING_STATUS_PF5R/W0h

These inputs provide the status of the MSI pending interrupts for the Physical Function1 from the client to the core, if MSI Pending Status In Mode Select is set to 1 in the Debug Mux Control 2 register in local management,the setting of this register determines the value read from the MSI Pending Bits Register PF5.

3.5.9.23 PCIE_USER_MSI_STAT_VF Register (Offset = 58h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_MSI_STAT_VF is shown in Figure 12-1856 and described in Table 12-3666.

Return to Summary Table.

MSI_VF status register

Table 12-3665 PCIE_USER_MSI_STAT_VF Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7058h
Figure 12-1856 PCIE_USER_MSI_STAT_VF Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDVF_MSI_ENABLE
R-XR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3666 PCIE_USER_MSI_STAT_VF Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16RESERVEDRX
15-0VF_MSI_ENABLER0h

When the core is configured in the EndPoint mode to support MSI interrupts, this output is driven by the MSI Enable bit of the MSI Control Registers of the Virtual Functions.
Bit0 represents the MSI Enable for Virtual Function0, Bit1 represents the MSI Enable for Virtual Function 1 and so on

3.5.9.24 PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR0_VF Register (Offset = 5Ch) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR0_VF is shown in Figure 12-1857 and described in Table 12-3668.

Return to Summary Table.

MSI_VF vector count register0

Table 12-3667 PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR0_VF Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 705Ch
Figure 12-1857 PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR0_VF Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDVF_MSI_VECTOR_COUNT0
R-XR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3668 PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR0_VF Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-24RESERVEDRX
23-0VF_MSI_VECTOR_COUNT0R0h

When the core is configured in the Endpoint mode to support MSI interrupts, these outputs are driven by the Multiple Message Enable bits of the MSI Control Registers associated with Virtual Function0 thru Virtual Function7.
These bits encode the number of allocated MSI interrupt vectors for the corresponding Function.
Bits
[2:0] represents Virtual Function0, Bits
[5:3] represents Virtual Function 1 and so on

3.5.9.25 PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR1_VF Register (Offset = 60h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR1_VF is shown in Figure 12-1858 and described in Table 12-3670.

Return to Summary Table.

MSI_VF vector count register1

Table 12-3669 PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR1_VF Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7060h
Figure 12-1858 PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR1_VF Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDVF_MSI_VECTOR_COUNT1
R-XR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3670 PCIE_USER_MSI_VECTOR1_VF Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-24RESERVEDRX
23-0VF_MSI_VECTOR_COUNT1R0h

When the core is configured in the Endpoint mode to support MSI interrupts, these outputs are driven by the Multiple Message Enable bits of the MSI Control Registers associated with Virtual Function8 thru Virtual Function15.
These bits encode the number of allocated MSI interrupt vectors for the corresponding Function.
Bits
[2:0] represents Virtual Function11, Bits
[5:3] represents Virtual Function12 and so on

3.5.9.26 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF0 Register (Offset = 64h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF0 is shown in Figure 12-1859 and described in Table 12-3672.

Return to Summary Table.

VF0MSI mask register

Table 12-3671 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF0 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7064h
Figure 12-1859 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF0 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF0
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3672 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF0 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF0R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function0.

3.5.9.27 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF1 Register (Offset = 68h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF1 is shown in Figure 12-1860 and described in Table 12-3674.

Return to Summary Table.

VF1MSI mask register

Table 12-3673 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF1 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7068h
Figure 12-1860 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF1 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF1
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3674 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF1R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function1.

3.5.9.28 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF2 Register (Offset = 6Ch) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF2 is shown in Figure 12-1861 and described in Table 12-3676.

Return to Summary Table.

VF2MSI mask register

Table 12-3675 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF2 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 706Ch
Figure 12-1861 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF2 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF2
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3676 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF2R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function2.

3.5.9.29 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF3 Register (Offset = 70h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF3 is shown in Figure 12-1862 and described in Table 12-3678.

Return to Summary Table.

VF3MSI mask register

Table 12-3677 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF3 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7070h
Figure 12-1862 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF3 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF3
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3678 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF3 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF3R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function3.

3.5.9.30 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF4 Register (Offset = 74h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF4 is shown in Figure 12-1863 and described in Table 12-3680.

Return to Summary Table.

VF4MSI mask register

Table 12-3679 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF4 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7074h
Figure 12-1863 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF4 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF4
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3680 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF4 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF4R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function4.

3.5.9.31 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF5 Register (Offset = 78h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF5 is shown in Figure 12-1864 and described in Table 12-3682.

Return to Summary Table.

VF5MSI mask register

Table 12-3681 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF5 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7078h
Figure 12-1864 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF5 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF5
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3682 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF5 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF5R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function5.

3.5.9.32 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF6 Register (Offset = 7Ch) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF6 is shown in Figure 12-1865 and described in Table 12-3684.

Return to Summary Table.

VF6MSI mask register

Table 12-3683 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF6 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 707Ch
Figure 12-1865 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF6 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF6
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3684 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF6 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF6R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function6.

3.5.9.33 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF7 Register (Offset = 80h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF7 is shown in Figure 12-1866 and described in Table 12-3686.

Return to Summary Table.

VF7MSI mask register

Table 12-3685 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF7 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7080h
Figure 12-1866 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF7 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF7
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3686 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF7 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF7R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function7.

3.5.9.34 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF8 Register (Offset = 84h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF8 is shown in Figure 12-1867 and described in Table 12-3688.

Return to Summary Table.

VF8MSI mask register

Table 12-3687 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF8 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7084h
Figure 12-1867 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF8 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF8
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3688 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF8 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF8R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function8.

3.5.9.35 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF9 Register (Offset = 88h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF9 is shown in Figure 12-1868 and described in Table 12-3690.

Return to Summary Table.

VF9MSI mask register

Table 12-3689 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF9 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7088h
Figure 12-1868 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF9 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF9
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3690 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF9 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF9R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function9.

3.5.9.36 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF10 Register (Offset = 8Ch) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF10 is shown in Figure 12-1869 and described in Table 12-3692.

Return to Summary Table.

VF10MSI mask register

Table 12-3691 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF10 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 708Ch
Figure 12-1869 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF10 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF10
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3692 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF10 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF10R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function10.

3.5.9.37 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF11 Register (Offset = 90h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF11 is shown in Figure 12-1870 and described in Table 12-3694.

Return to Summary Table.

VF11MSI mask register

Table 12-3693 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF11 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7090h
Figure 12-1870 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF11 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF11
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3694 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF11 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF11R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function11.

3.5.9.38 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF12 Register (Offset = 94h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF12 is shown in Figure 12-1871 and described in Table 12-3696.

Return to Summary Table.

VF12MSI mask register

Table 12-3695 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF12 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7094h
Figure 12-1871 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF12 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF12
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3696 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF12 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF12R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function12.

3.5.9.39 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF13 Register (Offset = 98h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF13 is shown in Figure 12-1872 and described in Table 12-3698.

Return to Summary Table.

VF13MSI mask register

Table 12-3697 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF13 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 7098h
Figure 12-1872 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF13 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF13
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3698 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF13 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF13R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function13.

3.5.9.40 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF14 Register (Offset = 9Ch) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF14 is shown in Figure 12-1873 and described in Table 12-3700.

Return to Summary Table.

VF14MSI mask register

Table 12-3699 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF14 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 709Ch
Figure 12-1873 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF14 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF14
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3700 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF14 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF14R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function14.

3.5.9.41 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF15 Register (Offset = A0h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF15 is shown in Figure 12-1874 and described in Table 12-3702.

Return to Summary Table.

VF15MSI mask register

Table 12-3701 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF15 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 70A0h
Figure 12-1874 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF15 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MSI_MASK_VF15
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3702 PCIE_USER_MSI_MASK_VF15 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MSI_MASK_VF15R0h

These bits provide the setting of the MSI Mask registers of the Virtual Function15.

3.5.9.42 PCIE_USER_MSIX_STAT Register (Offset = A4h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_MSIX_STAT is shown in Figure 12-1875 and described in Table 12-3704.

Return to Summary Table.

MSIX status register

Table 12-3703 PCIE_USER_MSIX_STAT Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 70A4h
Figure 12-1875 PCIE_USER_MSIX_STAT Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
RESERVED
R-X
1514131211109876543210
RESERVEDMSIX_ENABLE
R-XR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3704 PCIE_USER_MSIX_STAT Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-6RESERVEDRX
5-0MSIX_ENABLER0h

These bits reflect the states of the MSI-X Enable bits in the PCI configuration space of Physical Functions.Bit0 represents the MSIX Enable for Physical Function0 and Bit1 represents the MSIX Enable for Physical Function 1

3.5.9.43 PCIE_USER_MSIX_MASK Register (Offset = A8h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_MSIX_MASK is shown in Figure 12-1876 and described in Table 12-3706.

Return to Summary Table.

MSIX mask register

Table 12-3705 PCIE_USER_MSIX_MASK Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 70A8h
Figure 12-1876 PCIE_USER_MSIX_MASK Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
RESERVED
R-X
1514131211109876543210
RESERVEDMSIX_MASK
R-XR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3706 PCIE_USER_MSIX_MASK Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-6RESERVEDRX
5-0MSIX_MASKR0h

These bits reflect the states of the MSI-X Function Mask bits in the PCI configuration space of Physical Functions.
Bit0 represents Physical Function0 and Bit1 represents Physical Function1

3.5.9.44 PCIE_USER_MSIX_STAT_VF Register (Offset = ACh) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_MSIX_STAT_VF is shown in Figure 12-1877 and described in Table 12-3708.

Return to Summary Table.

Virtual Function MSIX status register

Table 12-3707 PCIE_USER_MSIX_STAT_VF Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 70ACh
Figure 12-1877 PCIE_USER_MSIX_STAT_VF Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDVF_MSIX_ENABLE
R-XR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3708 PCIE_USER_MSIX_STAT_VF Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16RESERVEDRX
15-0VF_MSIX_ENABLER0h

These bits reflect the states of the MSI-X Enable bits in the PCI configuration space of virtual Functions.Bit0 represents the MSIX Enable for Virtual Function0, Bit1 represents the MSIX Enable for Virtual Function 1 and so on

3.5.9.45 PCIE_USER_MSIX_MASK_VF Register (Offset = B0h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_MSIX_MASK_VF is shown in Figure 12-1878 and described in Table 12-3710.

Return to Summary Table.

Virtual Function MSIX mask register

Table 12-3709 PCIE_USER_MSIX_MASK_VF Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 70B0h
Figure 12-1878 PCIE_USER_MSIX_MASK_VF Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDVF_MSIX_MASK
R-XR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3710 PCIE_USER_MSIX_MASK_VF Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16RESERVEDRX
15-0VF_MSIX_MASKR0h

These bits reflect the states of the MSI-X Function Mask bits in the PCI configuration space of Virtual Functions.
Bit0 represents Virtual Function0, Bit1 represents Virtual Function1 and so on

3.5.9.46 PCIE_USER_FLR_DONE Register (Offset = B4h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_FLR_DONE is shown in Figure 12-1879 and described in Table 12-3712.

Return to Summary Table.

Physical Function-Level Reset Done register

Table 12-3711 PCIE_USER_FLR_DONE Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 70B4h
Figure 12-1879 PCIE_USER_FLR_DONE Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
RESERVED
W-X
1514131211109876543210
RESERVEDFLR_DONE
W-XW-0h
LEGEND: W = Write Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3712 PCIE_USER_FLR_DONE Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-6RESERVEDWX
5-0FLR_DONEW0h

These bits are connected to the PCIE_USER_FLR_DONE bits on the PCIe controller core.
In EP mode, software needs to write a 1 to bit0 within 100ms after PF0 function-level reset interrupt is asserted.
The PCIE_USER_FLR_DONE[0] input of the PCIe controller is pulsed for one cycle to acknowledge to the core that the application level function level reset processing is complete.
This bit will self-clear once the PCIE_USER_FLR_DONE[0] is pulsed.
The PCIe controller will maintain FLR_IN_PROGRESS[0] output high until it is acknowledged by asserting PCIE_USER_FLR_DONE.
Bit 1 is used to acknowledge PCIE_USER_FLR_DONE for PF1.
These bits are not used in RP mode

3.5.9.47 PCIE_USER_VF_FLR_DONE Register (Offset = B8h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_VF_FLR_DONE is shown in Figure 12-1880 and described in Table 12-3714.

Return to Summary Table.

Virtual Function-Level Reset Done register

Table 12-3713 PCIE_USER_VF_FLR_DONE Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 70B8h
Figure 12-1880 PCIE_USER_VF_FLR_DONE Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDVF_FLR_DONE
W-XW-0h
LEGEND: W = Write Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3714 PCIE_USER_VF_FLR_DONE Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16RESERVEDWX
15-0VF_FLR_DONEW0h

These bits are connected to the PCIE_USER_VF_FLR_DONE bits on the PCIe controller core.
In EP mode, software needs to write a 1 to bit0 within 100ms after VF0 function-level reset interrupt is asserted.
The PCIE_USER_VF_FLR_DONE[0] input of the PCIe controller is pulsed for one cycle to acknowledge to the core that the application level virtual function level reset processing is complete.
This bit will self-clear once the PCIE_USER_VF_FLR_DONE[0] is pulsed The PCIe controller will maintain VF_FLR_IN_PROGRESS[0] output high until it is acknowledged by asserting PCIE_USER_VF_FLR_DONE[0].
Bit 1 is used to acknowledge PCIE_USER_VF_FLR_DONE for VF1, bit2 is used to acknowledge PCIE_USER_VF_FLR_DONE for VF2 and so on.
These bits are not used in RP mode

3.5.9.48 PCIE_USER_PTM_CFG Register (Offset = BCh) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_PTM_CFG is shown in Figure 12-1881 and described in Table 12-3716.

Return to the Summary Table.

PTM Timestamp configuration register

Table 12-3715 PCIE_USER_PTM_CFG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 70BCh
Figure 12-1881 PCIE_USER_PTM_CFG Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDPTM_EP_TIMER_ADJ
R-0hR/W-1h
76543210
RESERVEDPTM_CLK_SEL
R-0hR/W-0h
Table 12-3716 PCIE_USER_PTM_CFG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-11RESERVEDRXReserved
10-8PTM_EP_TIMER_ADJR/W1hPTM EP Timer tick adjust value.
1 will increment ptm_ep_timer by 1 each clock cycle, 2 will increment the timer by 2 ..
7 will increment the timer by 7.
The adjust value should be set prior to enabling PTM operation in the PCIe controller.
7RESERVEDRXReserved
6-0PTM_CLK_SELR/W0hSelect CPTS HW1 push input.
0 will select ptm_local_timer[0], 1 will select ptm_local_timer[1] ...
63 will select ptm_local_timer[63] and 64 will select ptm_local_timer_out_valid.
The values 65 to 127 are unused.
The PTM clock select bit should be set prior to enabling the PTM operation in the PCIe controller

3.5.9.49 PCIE_USER_PTM_TIMER_LOW Register (Offset = C0h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_PTM_TIMER_LOW is shown in Figure 12-1882 and described in Table 12-3718.

Return to Summary Table.

PTM timer value lower 32-bits

Table 12-3717 PCIE_USER_PTM_TIMER_LOW Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 70C0h
Figure 12-1882 PCIE_USER_PTM_TIMER_LOW Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
PTM_TIMER_OUT_LOW
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3718 PCIE_USER_PTM_TIMER_LOW Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0PTM_TIMER_OUT_LOWR0h

ptm_timer_out[31:0] value from PCIe core.
Valid in EP mode only

3.5.9.50 PCIE_USER_PTM_TIMER_HIGH Register (Offset = C4h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_USER_PTM_TIMER_HIGH is shown in Figure 12-1883 and described in Table 12-3720.

Return to Summary Table.

PTM timer value upper 32-bits

Table 12-3719 PCIE_USER_PTM_TIMER_HIGH Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 70C4h
Figure 12-1883 PCIE_USER_PTM_TIMER_HIGH Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
PTM_TIMER_OUT_HIGH
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3720 PCIE_USER_PTM_TIMER_HIGH Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0PTM_TIMER_OUT_HIGHR0h

ptm_timer_out[63:32] value from PCIe core.
Valid in EP mode only

3.5.9.51 PCIE_USER_EOI_VECTOR Register (Offset = C8h) [reset = X]

PCIE_USER_EOI_VECTOR is shown in Figure 12-1884 and described in Table 12-3722.

Return to the Summary Table.

EOI vector for re-triggering interrupts

Table 12-3721 PCIE_USER_EOI_VECTOR Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_USER_CFG_USER_CFG0291 70C8h
Figure 12-1884 PCIE_USER_EOI_VECTOR Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
1514131211109876543210
RESERVEDEOI_VECTOR
R-0hR/W-0h
Table 12-3722 PCIE_USER_EOI_VECTOR Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-8RESERVEDRXReserved
7-0EOI_VECTORR/W0hEOI vector for level interrupts.
Writing the EOI value as specfied to this register will re-trigger a pending interrupt.
0 - Downstream interrupt
1 - FLR interrupt
2 - Legacy interrupt
3 - Power state interrupt